1 /* PowerPC-specific support for 32-bit ELF
2 Copyright (C) 1994-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 Written by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support.
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the
19 Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor,
20 Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
22 /* Don't generate unused section symbols. */
23 #define TARGET_KEEP_UNUSED_SECTION_SYMBOLS false
32 #include "elf32-ppc.h"
33 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
35 #include "opcode/ppc.h"
37 /* All users of this file have bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd, sec) == 1. */
38 #define OCTETS_PER_BYTE(ABFD, SEC) 1
40 typedef enum split16_format_type
47 /* RELA relocations are used here. */
49 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
50 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
51 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
52 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
54 /* Branch prediction bit for branch taken relocs. */
55 #define BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT 0x200000
56 /* Mask to set RA in memory instructions. */
57 #define RA_REGISTER_MASK 0x001f0000
58 /* Value to shift register by to insert RA. */
59 #define RA_REGISTER_SHIFT 16
61 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
63 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/ld.so.1"
65 /* For old-style PLT. */
66 /* The number of single-slot PLT entries (the rest use two slots). */
67 #define PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES 8192
69 /* For new-style .glink and .plt. */
70 #define GLINK_PLTRESOLVE 16*4
71 #define GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE(htab, h) \
74 && h == htab->tls_get_addr \
75 && !htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt ? 8*4 : 0) \
76 + (1u << htab->params->plt_stub_align) - 1) \
77 & -(1u << htab->params->plt_stub_align))
79 /* VxWorks uses its own plt layout, filled in by the static linker. */
81 /* The standard VxWorks PLT entry. */
82 #define VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 32
83 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry
84 [VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
/ 4] =
86 0x3d800000, /* lis r12,0 */
87 0x818c0000, /* lwz r12,0(r12) */
88 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
89 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
90 0x39600000, /* li r11,0 */
91 0x48000000, /* b 14 <.PLT0resolve+0x4> */
95 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry
96 [VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
/ 4] =
98 0x3d9e0000, /* addis r12,r30,0 */
99 0x818c0000, /* lwz r12,0(r12) */
100 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
101 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
102 0x39600000, /* li r11,0 */
103 0x48000000, /* b 14 <.PLT0resolve+0x4> 14: R_PPC_REL24 .PLTresolve */
104 0x60000000, /* nop */
105 0x60000000, /* nop */
108 /* The initial VxWorks PLT entry. */
109 #define VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE 32
110 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry
111 [VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE
/ 4] =
113 0x3d800000, /* lis r12,0 */
114 0x398c0000, /* addi r12,r12,0 */
115 0x800c0008, /* lwz r0,8(r12) */
116 0x7c0903a6, /* mtctr r0 */
117 0x818c0004, /* lwz r12,4(r12) */
118 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
119 0x60000000, /* nop */
120 0x60000000, /* nop */
122 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry
123 [VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE
/ 4] =
125 0x819e0008, /* lwz r12,8(r30) */
126 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
127 0x819e0004, /* lwz r12,4(r30) */
128 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
129 0x60000000, /* nop */
130 0x60000000, /* nop */
131 0x60000000, /* nop */
132 0x60000000, /* nop */
135 /* For executables, we have some additional relocations in
136 .rela.plt.unloaded, for the kernel loader. */
138 /* The number of non-JMP_SLOT relocations per PLT0 slot. */
139 #define VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS 3
140 /* The number of relocations in the PLTResolve slot. */
141 #define VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS 2
142 /* The number of relocations in the PLTResolve slot when creating
144 #define VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS_SHLIB 0
146 /* Some instructions. */
147 #define ADDIS_11_11 0x3d6b0000
148 #define ADDIS_11_30 0x3d7e0000
149 #define ADDIS_12_12 0x3d8c0000
150 #define ADDI_11_11 0x396b0000
151 #define ADD_0_11_11 0x7c0b5a14
152 #define ADD_3_12_2 0x7c6c1214
153 #define ADD_11_0_11 0x7d605a14
155 #define BA 0x48000002
156 #define BCL_20_31 0x429f0005
157 #define BCTR 0x4e800420
158 #define BEQLR 0x4d820020
159 #define CMPWI_11_0 0x2c0b0000
160 #define LIS_11 0x3d600000
161 #define LIS_12 0x3d800000
162 #define LWZU_0_12 0x840c0000
163 #define LWZ_0_12 0x800c0000
164 #define LWZ_11_3 0x81630000
165 #define LWZ_11_11 0x816b0000
166 #define LWZ_11_30 0x817e0000
167 #define LWZ_12_3 0x81830000
168 #define LWZ_12_12 0x818c0000
169 #define MR_0_3 0x7c601b78
170 #define MR_3_0 0x7c030378
171 #define MFLR_0 0x7c0802a6
172 #define MFLR_12 0x7d8802a6
173 #define MTCTR_0 0x7c0903a6
174 #define MTCTR_11 0x7d6903a6
175 #define MTLR_0 0x7c0803a6
176 #define NOP 0x60000000
177 #define SUB_11_11_12 0x7d6c5850
179 /* Offset of tp and dtp pointers from start of TLS block. */
180 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
181 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
183 /* The value of a defined global symbol. */
184 #define SYM_VAL(SYM) \
185 ((SYM)->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma \
186 + (SYM)->root.u.def.section->output_offset \
187 + (SYM)->root.u.def.value)
189 /* Relocation HOWTO's. */
190 /* Like other ELF RELA targets that don't apply multiple
191 field-altering relocations to the same localation, src_mask is
192 always zero and pcrel_offset is the same as pc_relative.
193 PowerPC can always use a zero bitpos, even when the field is not at
194 the LSB. For example, a REL24 could use rightshift=2, bisize=24
195 and bitpos=2 which matches the ABI description, or as we do here,
196 rightshift=0, bitsize=26 and bitpos=0. */
197 #define HOW(type, size, bitsize, mask, rightshift, pc_relative, \
198 complain, special_func) \
199 HOWTO (type, rightshift, size, bitsize, pc_relative, 0, \
200 complain_overflow_ ## complain, special_func, \
201 #type, false, 0, mask, pc_relative)
203 static reloc_howto_type
*ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_max
];
205 static reloc_howto_type ppc_elf_howto_raw
[] = {
206 /* This reloc does nothing. */
207 HOW (R_PPC_NONE
, 3, 0, 0, 0, false, dont
,
208 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
210 /* A standard 32 bit relocation. */
211 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont
,
212 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
214 /* An absolute 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
215 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
216 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR24
, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, false, signed,
217 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
219 /* A standard 16 bit relocation. */
220 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, bitfield
,
221 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
223 /* A 16 bit relocation without overflow. */
224 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
225 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
227 /* The high order 16 bits of an address. */
228 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
229 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
231 /* The high order 16 bits of an address, plus 1 if the contents of
232 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
233 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
234 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
),
236 /* An absolute 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
237 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
238 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, signed,
239 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
241 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
242 indicate that the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two
243 bits must be zero. */
244 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, signed,
245 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
247 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
248 indicate that the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower
249 two bits must be zero. */
250 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, signed,
251 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
253 /* A relative 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
254 HOW (R_PPC_REL24
, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, true, signed,
255 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
257 /* A relative 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
258 HOW (R_PPC_REL14
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, true, signed,
259 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
261 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
262 the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two bits must be
264 HOW (R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, true, signed,
265 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
267 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
268 the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower two bits must
270 HOW (R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, true, signed,
271 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
273 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16, but referring to the GOT table entry for the
275 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
276 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
278 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the GOT table entry for
280 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
281 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
283 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the GOT table entry for
285 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
286 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
288 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the GOT table entry for
290 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
291 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
293 /* Like R_PPC_REL24, but referring to the procedure linkage table
294 entry for the symbol. */
295 HOW (R_PPC_PLTREL24
, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, true, signed,
296 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
298 /* This is used only by the dynamic linker. The symbol should exist
299 both in the object being run and in some shared library. The
300 dynamic linker copies the data addressed by the symbol from the
301 shared library into the object, because the object being
302 run has to have the data at some particular address. */
303 HOW (R_PPC_COPY
, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont
,
304 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
306 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR32, but used when setting global offset table
308 HOW (R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont
,
309 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
311 /* Marks a procedure linkage table entry for a symbol. */
312 HOW (R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont
,
313 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
315 /* Used only by the dynamic linker. When the object is run, this
316 longword is set to the load address of the object, plus the
318 HOW (R_PPC_RELATIVE
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont
,
319 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
321 /* Like R_PPC_REL24, but uses the value of the symbol within the
322 object rather than the final value. Normally used for
323 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
324 HOW (R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, true, signed,
325 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
327 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR32, but may be unaligned. */
328 HOW (R_PPC_UADDR32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont
,
329 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
331 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16, but may be unaligned. */
332 HOW (R_PPC_UADDR16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, bitfield
,
333 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
335 /* 32-bit PC relative */
336 HOW (R_PPC_REL32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, true, dont
,
337 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
339 /* 32-bit relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
340 FIXME: not supported. */
341 HOW (R_PPC_PLT32
, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont
,
342 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
344 /* 32-bit PC relative relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
345 FIXME: not supported. */
346 HOW (R_PPC_PLTREL32
, 2, 32, 0, 0, true, dont
,
347 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
349 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the PLT table entry for
351 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
352 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
354 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the PLT table entry for
356 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
357 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
359 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the PLT table entry for
361 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
362 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
364 /* A sign-extended 16 bit value relative to _SDA_BASE_, for use with
366 HOW (R_PPC_SDAREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
367 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
369 /* 16-bit section relative relocation. */
370 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
371 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
373 /* 16-bit lower half section relative relocation. */
374 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
375 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
377 /* 16-bit upper half section relative relocation. */
378 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
379 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
381 /* 16-bit upper half adjusted section relative relocation. */
382 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
383 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
385 /* Marker relocs for TLS. */
386 HOW (R_PPC_TLS
, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont
,
387 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
389 HOW (R_PPC_TLSGD
, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont
,
390 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
392 HOW (R_PPC_TLSLD
, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont
,
393 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
395 /* Marker relocs on inline plt call instructions. */
396 HOW (R_PPC_PLTSEQ
, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont
,
397 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
399 HOW (R_PPC_PLTCALL
, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont
,
400 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
402 /* Computes the load module index of the load module that contains the
403 definition of its TLS sym. */
404 HOW (R_PPC_DTPMOD32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont
,
405 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
407 /* Computes a dtv-relative displacement, the difference between the value
408 of sym+add and the base address of the thread-local storage block that
409 contains the definition of sym, minus 0x8000. */
410 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont
,
411 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
413 /* A 16 bit dtprel reloc. */
414 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
415 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
417 /* Like DTPREL16, but no overflow. */
418 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
419 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
421 /* Like DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
422 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
423 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
425 /* Like DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
426 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
427 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
429 /* Computes a tp-relative displacement, the difference between the value of
430 sym+add and the value of the thread pointer (r13). */
431 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont
,
432 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
434 /* A 16 bit tprel reloc. */
435 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
436 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
438 /* Like TPREL16, but no overflow. */
439 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
440 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
442 /* Like TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
443 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
444 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
446 /* Like TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
447 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
448 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
450 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
451 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes the offset
452 to the first entry. */
453 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
454 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
456 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16, but no overflow. */
457 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
458 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
460 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
461 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
462 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
464 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
465 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
466 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
468 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
469 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and zero, and computes the offset to the
471 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
472 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
474 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16, but no overflow. */
475 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
476 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
478 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
479 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
480 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
482 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
483 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
484 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
486 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes
487 the offset to the entry. */
488 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
489 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
491 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16, but no overflow. */
492 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
493 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
495 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
496 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
497 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
499 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
500 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
501 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
503 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@tprel, and computes the
504 offset to the entry. */
505 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
506 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
508 /* Like GOT_TPREL16, but no overflow. */
509 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
510 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
512 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
513 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
514 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
516 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
517 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
518 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
520 /* The remaining relocs are from the Embedded ELF ABI, and are not
521 in the SVR4 ELF ABI. */
523 /* 32 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
524 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont
,
525 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
527 /* 16 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
528 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
529 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
531 /* 16 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
532 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
533 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
535 /* The high order 16 bits of the addend minus the symbol. */
536 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
537 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
539 /* The high order 16 bits of the result of the addend minus the address,
540 plus 1 if the contents of the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number,
542 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
543 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
545 /* 16 bit value resulting from allocating a 4 byte word to hold an
546 address in the .sdata section, and returning the offset from
547 _SDA_BASE_ for that relocation. */
548 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
549 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
551 /* 16 bit value resulting from allocating a 4 byte word to hold an
552 address in the .sdata2 section, and returning the offset from
553 _SDA2_BASE_ for that relocation. */
554 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
555 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
557 /* A sign-extended 16 bit value relative to _SDA2_BASE_, for use with
559 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
560 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
562 /* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_, filling in the 16 bit
563 signed offset from the appropriate base, and filling in the register
564 field with the appropriate register (0, 2, or 13). */
565 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
566 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
568 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF */
569 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16 */
570 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO */
571 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI */
572 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA */
573 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD */
575 /* PC relative relocation against either _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_, filling
576 in the 16 bit signed offset from the appropriate base, and filling in the
577 register field with the appropriate register (0, 2, or 13). */
578 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
579 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
581 /* A relative 8 bit branch. */
582 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL8
, 1, 8, 0xff, 1, true, signed,
583 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
585 /* A relative 15 bit branch. */
586 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL15
, 2, 16, 0xfffe, 0, true, signed,
587 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
589 /* A relative 24 bit branch. */
590 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL24
, 2, 25, 0x1fffffe, 0, true, signed,
591 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
593 /* The 16 LSBS in split16a format. */
594 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_LO16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 0, false, dont
,
595 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
597 /* The 16 LSBS in split16d format. */
598 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_LO16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 0, false, dont
,
599 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
601 /* Bits 16-31 split16a format. */
602 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HI16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, false, dont
,
603 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
605 /* Bits 16-31 split16d format. */
606 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HI16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, false, dont
,
607 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
609 /* Bits 16-31 (High Adjusted) in split16a format. */
610 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HA16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, false, dont
,
611 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
613 /* Bits 16-31 (High Adjusted) in split16d format. */
614 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HA16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, false, dont
,
615 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
617 /* This reloc is like R_PPC_EMB_SDA21 but only applies to e_add16i
618 instructions. If the register base is 0 then the linker changes
619 the e_add16i to an e_li instruction. */
620 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
621 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
623 /* Like R_PPC_VLE_SDA21 but ignore overflow. */
624 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
625 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
627 /* The 16 LSBS relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16a format. */
628 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 0, false, dont
,
629 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
631 /* The 16 LSBS relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16d format. */
632 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 0, false, dont
,
633 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
635 /* Bits 16-31 relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16a format. */
636 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, false, dont
,
637 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
639 /* Bits 16-31 relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16d format. */
640 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, false, dont
,
641 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
643 /* Bits 16-31 (HA) relative to _SDA_BASE split16a format. */
644 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, false, dont
,
645 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
647 /* Bits 16-31 (HA) relative to _SDA_BASE split16d format. */
648 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, false, dont
,
649 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
651 /* e_li split20 format. */
652 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20
, 2, 20, 0x1f7fff, 0, false, dont
,
653 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
655 HOW (R_PPC_IRELATIVE
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont
,
656 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
658 /* A 16 bit relative relocation. */
659 HOW (R_PPC_REL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, true, signed,
660 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
662 /* A 16 bit relative relocation without overflow. */
663 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, true, dont
,
664 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
666 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address. */
667 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, true, dont
,
668 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
670 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address, plus 1 if the contents of
671 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
672 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, true, dont
,
673 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
),
675 /* Like R_PPC_REL16_HA but for split field in addpcis. */
676 HOW (R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, true, signed,
677 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
),
679 /* A split-field reloc for addpcis, non-relative (gas internal use only). */
680 HOW (R_PPC_16DX_HA
, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, false, signed,
681 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
),
683 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy. */
684 HOW (R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
, 0, 0, 0, 0, false, dont
,
687 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage. */
688 HOW (R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
, 0, 0, 0, 0, false, dont
,
691 /* Phony reloc to handle AIX style TOC entries. */
692 HOW (R_PPC_TOC16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
693 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
696 /* Initialize the ppc_elf_howto_table, so that linear accesses can be done. */
699 ppc_elf_howto_init (void)
701 unsigned int i
, type
;
704 i
< sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw
) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw
[0]);
707 type
= ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
].type
;
708 if (type
>= (sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_table
)
709 / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_table
[0])))
711 ppc_elf_howto_table
[type
] = &ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
];
715 static reloc_howto_type
*
716 ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
717 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
)
719 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r
;
721 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
722 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_ADDR32
])
723 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
730 case BFD_RELOC_NONE
: r
= R_PPC_NONE
; break;
731 case BFD_RELOC_32
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR32
; break;
732 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA26
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR24
; break;
733 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
734 case BFD_RELOC_16
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR16
; break;
735 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
736 case BFD_RELOC_LO16
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
; break;
737 case BFD_RELOC_HI16
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR16_HI
; break;
738 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
; break;
739 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR14
; break;
740 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
; break;
741 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRNTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
; break;
742 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B26
: r
= R_PPC_REL24
; break;
743 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16
: r
= R_PPC_REL14
; break;
744 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
; break;
745 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRNTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
; break;
746 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_DS
:
747 case BFD_RELOC_16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_GOT16
; break;
748 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
749 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_GOT16_LO
; break;
750 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_GOT16_HI
; break;
751 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_GOT16_HA
; break;
752 case BFD_RELOC_24_PLT_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_PLTREL24
; break;
753 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_COPY
: r
= R_PPC_COPY
; break;
754 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GLOB_DAT
: r
= R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
; break;
755 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_LOCAL24PC
: r
= R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
; break;
756 case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL32
; break;
757 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_PLT32
; break;
758 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_PLTREL32
; break;
759 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
760 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_PLT16_LO
; break;
761 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_PLT16_HI
; break;
762 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_PLT16_HA
; break;
763 case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_SDAREL16
; break;
764 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
:
765 case BFD_RELOC_16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC_SECTOFF
; break;
766 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
:
767 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
; break;
768 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI
; break;
769 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
; break;
770 case BFD_RELOC_CTOR
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR32
; break;
771 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
772 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TOC16
: r
= R_PPC_TOC16
; break;
773 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLS
: r
= R_PPC_TLS
; break;
774 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSGD
: r
= R_PPC_TLSGD
; break;
775 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSLD
: r
= R_PPC_TLSLD
; break;
776 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPMOD
: r
= R_PPC_DTPMOD32
; break;
777 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
778 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL16
; break;
779 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
780 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
; break;
781 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
; break;
782 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
; break;
783 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL32
; break;
784 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
:
785 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL16
; break;
786 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
787 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
; break;
788 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
; break;
789 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
; break;
790 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL32
; break;
791 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
; break;
792 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
; break;
793 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
; break;
794 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
; break;
795 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
; break;
796 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
; break;
797 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
; break;
798 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
; break;
799 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
; break;
800 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
; break;
801 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
; break;
802 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
; break;
803 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
; break;
804 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
; break;
805 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
; break;
806 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
; break;
807 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
; break;
808 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
; break;
809 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
; break;
810 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
; break;
811 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
; break;
812 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
; break;
813 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
; break;
814 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
; break;
815 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA21
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
; break;
816 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_MRKREF
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF
; break;
817 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16
; break;
818 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO
; break;
819 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI
; break;
820 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
; break;
821 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD
; break;
822 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
; break;
823 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL8
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_REL8
; break;
824 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL15
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_REL15
; break;
825 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL24
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_REL24
; break;
826 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_LO16A
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_LO16A
; break;
827 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_LO16D
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_LO16D
; break;
828 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HI16A
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_HI16A
; break;
829 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HI16D
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_HI16D
; break;
830 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HA16A
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_HA16A
; break;
831 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HA16D
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_HA16D
; break;
832 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDA21
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
; break;
833 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
; break;
834 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
:
835 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
;
837 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
:
838 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
;
840 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
:
841 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
;
843 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
:
844 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
;
846 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
:
847 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
;
849 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
:
850 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
;
852 case BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL16
; break;
853 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL16_LO
; break;
854 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL16_HI
; break;
855 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL16_HA
; break;
856 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_16DX_HA
: r
= R_PPC_16DX_HA
; break;
857 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_REL16DX_HA
: r
= R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
; break;
858 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT
: r
= R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
; break;
859 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
: r
= R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
; break;
862 return ppc_elf_howto_table
[r
];
865 static reloc_howto_type
*
866 ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
872 i
< sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw
) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw
[0]);
874 if (ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
].name
!= NULL
875 && strcasecmp (ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
].name
, r_name
) == 0)
876 return &ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
];
881 /* Set the howto pointer for a PowerPC ELF reloc. */
884 ppc_elf_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd
,
886 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst
)
890 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
891 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_ADDR32
])
892 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
894 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (dst
->r_info
);
895 if (r_type
>= R_PPC_max
)
897 /* xgettext:c-format */
898 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
900 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
904 cache_ptr
->howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
906 /* Just because the above assert didn't trigger doesn't mean that
907 ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info) is necessarily a valid relocation. */
908 if (cache_ptr
->howto
== NULL
)
910 /* xgettext:c-format */
911 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
913 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
921 /* Handle the R_PPC_ADDR16_HA and R_PPC_REL16_HA relocs. */
923 static bfd_reloc_status_type
924 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
925 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
928 asection
*input_section
,
930 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
932 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
934 bfd_size_type octets
;
937 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
939 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
943 reloc_entry
->addend
+= 0x8000;
944 r_type
= reloc_entry
->howto
->type
;
945 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
)
946 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
949 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
950 value
= symbol
->value
;
951 value
+= (reloc_entry
->addend
952 + symbol
->section
->output_offset
953 + symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
);
954 value
-= (reloc_entry
->address
955 + input_section
->output_offset
956 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
959 octets
= reloc_entry
->address
* OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd
, input_section
);
960 insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
962 insn
|= (value
& 0xffc1) | ((value
& 0x3e) << 15);
963 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
967 static bfd_reloc_status_type
968 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
969 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
972 asection
*input_section
,
974 char **error_message
)
976 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
977 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
979 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
980 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
981 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
983 if (error_message
!= NULL
)
985 static char *message
;
987 if (asprintf (&message
, _("generic linker can't handle %s"),
988 reloc_entry
->howto
->name
) < 0)
990 *error_message
= message
;
992 return bfd_reloc_dangerous
;
995 /* Sections created by the linker. */
997 typedef struct elf_linker_section
999 /* Pointer to the bfd section. */
1003 /* Associated bss section name. */
1004 const char *bss_name
;
1005 /* Associated symbol name. */
1006 const char *sym_name
;
1007 /* Associated symbol. */
1008 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sym
;
1009 } elf_linker_section_t
;
1011 /* Linked list of allocated pointer entries. This hangs off of the
1012 symbol lists, and provides allows us to return different pointers,
1013 based on different addend's. */
1015 typedef struct elf_linker_section_pointers
1017 /* next allocated pointer for this symbol */
1018 struct elf_linker_section_pointers
*next
;
1019 /* offset of pointer from beginning of section */
1023 /* which linker section this is */
1024 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
;
1025 } elf_linker_section_pointers_t
;
1027 struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata
1029 struct elf_obj_tdata elf
;
1031 /* A mapping from local symbols to offsets into the various linker
1032 sections added. This is index by the symbol index. */
1033 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
**linker_section_pointers
;
1035 /* Flags used to auto-detect plt type. */
1036 unsigned int makes_plt_call
: 1;
1037 unsigned int has_rel16
: 1;
1040 #define ppc_elf_tdata(bfd) \
1041 ((struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
1043 #define elf_local_ptr_offsets(bfd) \
1044 (ppc_elf_tdata (bfd)->linker_section_pointers)
1046 #define is_ppc_elf(bfd) \
1047 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
1048 && elf_object_id (bfd) == PPC32_ELF_DATA)
1050 /* Override the generic function because we store some extras. */
1053 ppc_elf_mkobject (bfd
*abfd
)
1055 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata
),
1059 /* When defaulting arch/mach, decode apuinfo to find a better match. */
1062 _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (bfd
*abfd
)
1064 unsigned long mach
= 0;
1066 unsigned char *contents
;
1068 if (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 32
1069 && bfd_big_endian (abfd
))
1072 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
1073 if ((elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_PPC_VLE
) != 0)
1076 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_vle
;
1081 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
);
1084 && bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &contents
))
1086 unsigned int apuinfo_size
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ 4);
1089 for (i
= 20; i
< apuinfo_size
+ 20 && i
+ 4 <= s
->size
; i
+= 4)
1091 unsigned int val
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ i
);
1094 case PPC_APUINFO_PMR
:
1095 case PPC_APUINFO_RFMCI
:
1097 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_titan
;
1100 case PPC_APUINFO_ISEL
:
1101 case PPC_APUINFO_CACHELCK
:
1102 if (mach
== bfd_mach_ppc_titan
)
1103 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_e500mc
;
1106 case PPC_APUINFO_SPE
:
1107 case PPC_APUINFO_EFS
:
1108 case PPC_APUINFO_BRLOCK
:
1109 if (mach
!= bfd_mach_ppc_vle
)
1110 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_e500
;
1113 case PPC_APUINFO_VLE
:
1114 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_vle
;
1125 if (mach
!= 0 && mach
!= -1ul)
1127 const bfd_arch_info_type
*arch
;
1129 for (arch
= abfd
->arch_info
->next
; arch
; arch
= arch
->next
)
1130 if (arch
->mach
== mach
)
1132 abfd
->arch_info
= arch
;
1139 /* Fix bad default arch selected for a 32 bit input bfd when the
1140 default is 64 bit. Also select arch based on apuinfo. */
1143 ppc_elf_object_p (bfd
*abfd
)
1145 if (!abfd
->arch_info
->the_default
)
1148 if (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 64)
1150 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
1152 if (i_ehdr
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS32
)
1154 /* Relies on arch after 64 bit default being 32 bit default. */
1155 abfd
->arch_info
= abfd
->arch_info
->next
;
1156 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 32);
1159 return _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (abfd
);
1162 /* Function to set whether a module needs the -mrelocatable bit set. */
1165 ppc_elf_set_private_flags (bfd
*abfd
, flagword flags
)
1167 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd
)
1168 || elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
== flags
);
1170 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
= flags
;
1171 elf_flags_init (abfd
) = true;
1175 /* Support for core dump NOTE sections. */
1178 ppc_elf_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
1183 switch (note
->descsz
)
1188 case 268: /* Linux/PPC. */
1190 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
1193 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 24);
1202 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
1203 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
1204 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
1208 ppc_elf_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
1210 switch (note
->descsz
)
1215 case 128: /* Linux/PPC elf_prpsinfo. */
1216 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
1217 = bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 16);
1218 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
1219 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 32, 16);
1220 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
1221 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 48, 80);
1224 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
1225 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
1226 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
1229 char *command
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
;
1230 int n
= strlen (command
);
1232 if (0 < n
&& command
[n
- 1] == ' ')
1233 command
[n
- 1] = '\0';
1240 ppc_elf_write_core_note (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
, int note_type
, ...)
1249 char data
[128] ATTRIBUTE_NONSTRING
;
1252 va_start (ap
, note_type
);
1253 memset (data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
1254 strncpy (data
+ 32, va_arg (ap
, const char *), 16);
1255 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1257 /* GCC 8.0 and 8.1 warn about 80 equals destination size with
1258 -Wstringop-truncation:
1259 https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=85643
1261 DIAGNOSTIC_IGNORE_STRINGOP_TRUNCATION
;
1263 strncpy (data
+ 48, va_arg (ap
, const char *), 80);
1264 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1268 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
1269 "CORE", note_type
, data
, sizeof (data
));
1280 va_start (ap
, note_type
);
1281 memset (data
, 0, 72);
1282 pid
= va_arg (ap
, long);
1283 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, pid
, data
+ 24);
1284 cursig
= va_arg (ap
, int);
1285 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, cursig
, data
+ 12);
1286 greg
= va_arg (ap
, const void *);
1287 memcpy (data
+ 72, greg
, 192);
1288 memset (data
+ 264, 0, 4);
1290 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
1291 "CORE", note_type
, data
, sizeof (data
));
1297 ppc_elf_lookup_section_flags (char *flag_name
)
1300 if (!strcmp (flag_name
, "SHF_PPC_VLE"))
1306 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
1307 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
1310 ppc_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1311 const asection
*plt ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1314 return rel
->address
;
1317 /* Handle a PowerPC specific section when reading an object file. This
1318 is called when bfd_section_from_shdr finds a section with an unknown
1322 ppc_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
1323 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
1330 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1333 newsect
= hdr
->bfd_section
;
1335 if (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXCLUDE
)
1336 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1338 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_ORDERED
)
1339 flags
|= SEC_SORT_ENTRIES
;
1341 if (strncmp (name
, ".PPC.EMB", 8) == 0)
1343 if (strncmp (name
, ".sbss", 5) == 0
1344 || strncmp (name
, ".sdata", 6) == 0)
1345 flags
|= SEC_SMALL_DATA
;
1348 || bfd_set_section_flags (newsect
, newsect
->flags
| flags
));
1351 /* Set up any other section flags and such that may be necessary. */
1354 ppc_elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1355 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
,
1358 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_SORT_ENTRIES
) != 0)
1359 shdr
->sh_type
= SHT_ORDERED
;
1364 /* If we have .sbss2 or .PPC.EMB.sbss0 output sections, we
1365 need to bump up the number of section headers. */
1368 ppc_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd
*abfd
,
1369 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1374 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".sbss2");
1375 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
1378 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0");
1379 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
1385 /* Modify the segment map for VLE executables. */
1388 ppc_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
1389 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1391 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
1393 /* At this point in the link, output sections have already been sorted by
1394 LMA and assigned to segments. All that is left to do is to ensure
1395 there is no mixing of VLE & non-VLE sections in a text segment.
1396 If we find that case, we split the segment.
1397 We maintain the original output section order. */
1399 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
1401 struct elf_segment_map
*n
;
1404 unsigned int p_flags
;
1406 if (m
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
|| m
->count
== 0)
1409 for (p_flags
= PF_R
, j
= 0; j
!= m
->count
; ++j
)
1411 if ((m
->sections
[j
]->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
1413 if ((m
->sections
[j
]->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
1416 if ((elf_section_flags (m
->sections
[j
]) & SHF_PPC_VLE
) != 0)
1417 p_flags
|= PF_PPC_VLE
;
1422 while (++j
!= m
->count
)
1424 unsigned int p_flags1
= PF_R
;
1426 if ((m
->sections
[j
]->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
1428 if ((m
->sections
[j
]->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
1431 if ((elf_section_flags (m
->sections
[j
]) & SHF_PPC_VLE
) != 0)
1432 p_flags1
|= PF_PPC_VLE
;
1433 if (((p_flags1
^ p_flags
) & PF_PPC_VLE
) != 0)
1436 p_flags
|= p_flags1
;
1438 /* If we're splitting a segment which originally contained rw
1439 sections then those sections might now only be in one of the
1440 two parts. So always set p_flags if splitting, even if we
1441 are being called for objcopy with p_flags_valid set. */
1442 if (j
!= m
->count
|| !m
->p_flags_valid
)
1444 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
1445 m
->p_flags
= p_flags
;
1450 /* Sections 0..j-1 stay in this (current) segment,
1451 the remainder are put in a new segment.
1452 The scan resumes with the new segment. */
1454 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
1455 amt
+= (m
->count
- j
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
1456 n
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
1460 n
->p_type
= PT_LOAD
;
1461 n
->count
= m
->count
- j
;
1462 for (k
= 0; k
< n
->count
; ++k
)
1463 n
->sections
[k
] = m
->sections
[j
+ k
];
1465 m
->p_size_valid
= 0;
1473 /* Add extra PPC sections -- Note, for now, make .sbss2 and
1474 .PPC.EMB.sbss0 a normal section, and not a bss section so
1475 that the linker doesn't crater when trying to make more than
1478 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc_elf_special_sections
[] =
1480 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
1481 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1482 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss2"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1483 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1484 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata2"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1485 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tags"), 0, SHT_ORDERED
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1486 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
), 0, SHT_NOTE
, 0 },
1487 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.sbss0"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1488 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.sdata0"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1489 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
1492 /* This is what we want for new plt/got. */
1493 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc_alt_plt
=
1494 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
};
1496 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
1497 ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
1499 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*ssect
;
1501 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
1502 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
1505 ssect
= _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
, ppc_elf_special_sections
,
1509 if (ssect
== ppc_elf_special_sections
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
1510 ssect
= &ppc_alt_plt
;
1514 return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd
, sec
);
1517 /* Very simple linked list structure for recording apuinfo values. */
1518 typedef struct apuinfo_list
1520 struct apuinfo_list
*next
;
1521 unsigned long value
;
1525 static apuinfo_list
*head
;
1526 static bool apuinfo_set
;
1529 apuinfo_list_init (void)
1532 apuinfo_set
= false;
1536 apuinfo_list_add (unsigned long value
)
1538 apuinfo_list
*entry
= head
;
1540 while (entry
!= NULL
)
1542 if (entry
->value
== value
)
1544 entry
= entry
->next
;
1547 entry
= bfd_malloc (sizeof (* entry
));
1551 entry
->value
= value
;
1557 apuinfo_list_length (void)
1559 apuinfo_list
*entry
;
1560 unsigned long count
;
1562 for (entry
= head
, count
= 0;
1564 entry
= entry
->next
)
1570 static inline unsigned long
1571 apuinfo_list_element (unsigned long number
)
1573 apuinfo_list
* entry
;
1577 entry
= entry
->next
)
1580 return entry
? entry
->value
: 0;
1584 apuinfo_list_finish (void)
1586 apuinfo_list
*entry
;
1588 for (entry
= head
; entry
;)
1590 apuinfo_list
*next
= entry
->next
;
1598 /* Scan the input BFDs and create a linked list of
1599 the APUinfo values that will need to be emitted. */
1602 ppc_elf_begin_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
1606 char *buffer
= NULL
;
1607 bfd_size_type largest_input_size
= 0;
1609 unsigned long length
;
1610 const char *error_message
= NULL
;
1612 if (link_info
== NULL
)
1615 apuinfo_list_init ();
1617 /* Read in the input sections contents. */
1618 for (ibfd
= link_info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
1620 unsigned long datum
;
1622 asec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
);
1626 /* xgettext:c-format */
1627 error_message
= _("corrupt %s section in %pB");
1628 length
= asec
->size
;
1633 if (largest_input_size
< asec
->size
)
1636 largest_input_size
= asec
->size
;
1637 buffer
= bfd_malloc (largest_input_size
);
1642 if (bfd_seek (ibfd
, asec
->filepos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
1643 || (bfd_bread (buffer
, length
, ibfd
) != length
))
1645 /* xgettext:c-format */
1646 error_message
= _("unable to read in %s section from %pB");
1650 /* Verify the contents of the header. Note - we have to
1651 extract the values this way in order to allow for a
1652 host whose endian-ness is different from the target. */
1653 datum
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buffer
);
1654 if (datum
!= sizeof APUINFO_LABEL
)
1657 datum
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buffer
+ 8);
1661 if (strcmp (buffer
+ 12, APUINFO_LABEL
) != 0)
1664 /* Get the number of bytes used for apuinfo entries. */
1665 datum
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buffer
+ 4);
1666 if (datum
+ 20 != length
)
1669 /* Scan the apuinfo section, building a list of apuinfo numbers. */
1670 for (i
= 0; i
< datum
; i
+= 4)
1671 apuinfo_list_add (bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buffer
+ 20 + i
));
1674 error_message
= NULL
;
1678 /* Compute the size of the output section. */
1679 unsigned num_entries
= apuinfo_list_length ();
1681 /* Set the output section size, if it exists. */
1682 asec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
);
1684 if (asec
&& !bfd_set_section_size (asec
, 20 + num_entries
* 4))
1687 /* xgettext:c-format */
1688 error_message
= _("warning: unable to set size of %s section in %pB");
1696 _bfd_error_handler (error_message
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
, ibfd
);
1699 /* Prevent the output section from accumulating the input sections'
1700 contents. We have already stored this in our linked list structure. */
1703 ppc_elf_write_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1704 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1706 bfd_byte
*contents ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1708 return apuinfo_set
&& strcmp (asec
->name
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
) == 0;
1711 /* Finally we can generate the output section. */
1714 ppc_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
)
1719 unsigned num_entries
;
1720 bfd_size_type length
;
1722 asec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
);
1729 length
= asec
->size
;
1733 buffer
= bfd_malloc (length
);
1737 (_("failed to allocate space for new APUinfo section"));
1741 /* Create the apuinfo header. */
1742 num_entries
= apuinfo_list_length ();
1743 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, sizeof APUINFO_LABEL
, buffer
);
1744 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, num_entries
* 4, buffer
+ 4);
1745 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, 0x2, buffer
+ 8);
1746 strcpy ((char *) buffer
+ 12, APUINFO_LABEL
);
1749 for (i
= 0; i
< num_entries
; i
++)
1751 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, apuinfo_list_element (i
), buffer
+ length
);
1755 if (length
!= asec
->size
)
1756 _bfd_error_handler (_("failed to compute new APUinfo section"));
1758 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, asec
, buffer
, (file_ptr
) 0, length
))
1759 _bfd_error_handler (_("failed to install new APUinfo section"));
1763 apuinfo_list_finish ();
1767 ppc_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
)
1769 ppc_final_write_processing (abfd
);
1770 return _bfd_elf_final_write_processing (abfd
);
1774 is_nonpic_glink_stub (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*glink
, bfd_vma off
)
1776 bfd_byte buf
[4 * 4];
1778 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, glink
, buf
, off
, sizeof buf
))
1781 return ((bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
+ 0) & 0xffff0000) == LIS_11
1782 && (bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
+ 4) & 0xffff0000) == LWZ_11_11
1783 && bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
+ 8) == MTCTR_11
1784 && bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
+ 12) == BCTR
);
1788 section_covers_vma (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*section
, void *ptr
)
1790 bfd_vma vma
= *(bfd_vma
*) ptr
;
1791 return ((section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
1792 && section
->vma
<= vma
1793 && vma
< section
->vma
+ section
->size
);
1797 ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
, long symcount
, asymbol
**syms
,
1798 long dynsymcount
, asymbol
**dynsyms
,
1801 bool (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bool);
1802 asection
*plt
, *relplt
, *dynamic
, *glink
;
1803 bfd_vma glink_vma
= 0;
1804 bfd_vma resolv_vma
= 0;
1808 size_t count
, i
, stub_delta
;
1815 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0)
1818 if (dynsymcount
<= 0)
1821 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rela.plt");
1825 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
1829 /* Call common code to handle old-style executable PLTs. */
1830 if (elf_section_flags (plt
) & SHF_EXECINSTR
)
1831 return _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (abfd
, symcount
, syms
,
1832 dynsymcount
, dynsyms
, ret
);
1834 /* If this object was prelinked, the prelinker stored the address
1835 of .glink at got[1]. If it wasn't prelinked, got[1] will be zero. */
1836 dynamic
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1837 if (dynamic
!= NULL
)
1839 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
, *extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1841 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1843 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, dynamic
, &dynbuf
))
1846 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1847 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1850 extdynend
= extdyn
+ dynamic
->size
;
1851 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1853 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1854 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1856 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1859 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_PPC_GOT
)
1861 unsigned int g_o_t
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1862 asection
*got
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got");
1864 && bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, got
, buf
,
1865 g_o_t
- got
->vma
+ 4, 4))
1866 glink_vma
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
);
1873 /* Otherwise we read the first plt entry. */
1876 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, plt
, buf
, 0, 4))
1877 glink_vma
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
);
1883 /* The .glink section usually does not survive the final
1884 link; search for the section (usually .text) where the
1885 glink stubs now reside. */
1886 glink
= bfd_sections_find_if (abfd
, section_covers_vma
, &glink_vma
);
1890 /* Determine glink PLT resolver by reading the relative branch
1891 from the first glink stub. */
1892 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, glink
, buf
,
1893 glink_vma
- glink
->vma
, 4))
1895 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
);
1897 /* The first glink stub may either branch to the resolver ... */
1899 if ((insn
& ~0x3fffffc) == 0)
1900 resolv_vma
= glink_vma
+ (insn
^ 0x2000000) - 0x2000000;
1902 /* ... or fall through a bunch of NOPs. */
1903 else if ((insn
^ B
^ NOP
) == 0)
1905 bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, glink
, buf
,
1906 glink_vma
- glink
->vma
+ i
, 4);
1908 if (bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
) != NOP
)
1910 resolv_vma
= glink_vma
+ i
;
1915 count
= relplt
->size
/ sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
1916 /* If the stubs are those for -shared/-pie then we might have
1917 multiple stubs for each plt entry. If that is the case then
1918 there is no way to associate stubs with their plt entries short
1919 of figuring out the GOT pointer value used in the stub.
1920 The offsets tested here need to cover all possible values of
1921 GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE for other than __tls_get_addr_opt. */
1922 stub_off
= glink_vma
- glink
->vma
;
1923 for (stub_delta
= 16; stub_delta
<= 32; stub_delta
+= 8)
1924 if (is_nonpic_glink_stub (abfd
, glink
, stub_off
- stub_delta
))
1926 if (stub_delta
> 32)
1929 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
1930 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, true))
1933 size
= count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
1934 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
1935 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
++)
1937 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
1939 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
1942 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
) + sizeof ("__glink");
1945 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
) + sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
1947 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
1951 stub_off
= glink_vma
- glink
->vma
;
1952 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
+ 1 + (resolv_vma
!= 0));
1953 p
= relplt
->relocation
+ count
- 1;
1954 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
1958 stub_off
-= stub_delta
;
1959 if (strcmp ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, "__tls_get_addr_opt") == 0)
1961 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
1962 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
1963 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
1964 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
1965 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
1966 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
1968 s
->value
= stub_off
;
1971 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
1972 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
1976 memcpy (names
, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
1977 names
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
1978 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd
, names
, p
->addend
);
1979 names
+= strlen (names
);
1981 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
1982 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
1987 /* Add a symbol at the start of the glink branch table. */
1988 memset (s
, 0, sizeof *s
);
1990 s
->flags
= BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
1992 s
->value
= glink_vma
- glink
->vma
;
1994 memcpy (names
, "__glink", sizeof ("__glink"));
1995 names
+= sizeof ("__glink");
2001 /* Add a symbol for the glink PLT resolver. */
2002 memset (s
, 0, sizeof *s
);
2004 s
->flags
= BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
2006 s
->value
= resolv_vma
- glink
->vma
;
2008 memcpy (names
, "__glink_PLTresolve", sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve"));
2009 names
+= sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
2017 /* The following functions are specific to the ELF linker, while
2018 functions above are used generally. They appear in this file more
2019 or less in the order in which they are called. eg.
2020 ppc_elf_check_relocs is called early in the link process,
2021 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections is one of the last functions
2024 /* Track PLT entries needed for a given symbol. We might need more
2025 than one glink entry per symbol when generating a pic binary. */
2028 struct plt_entry
*next
;
2030 /* -fPIC uses multiple GOT sections, one per file, called ".got2".
2031 This field stores the offset into .got2 used to initialise the
2032 GOT pointer reg. It will always be at least 32768. (Current
2033 gcc always uses an offset of 32768, but ld -r will pack .got2
2034 sections together resulting in larger offsets). */
2037 /* The .got2 section. */
2040 /* PLT refcount or offset. */
2043 bfd_signed_vma refcount
;
2047 /* .glink stub offset. */
2048 bfd_vma glink_offset
;
2051 /* Of those relocs that might be copied as dynamic relocs, this
2052 function selects those that must be copied when linking a shared
2053 library or PIE, even when the symbol is local. */
2056 must_be_dyn_reloc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2057 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
)
2062 /* Only relative relocs can be resolved when the object load
2063 address isn't fixed. DTPREL32 is excluded because the
2064 dynamic linker needs to differentiate global dynamic from
2065 local dynamic __tls_index pairs when PPC_OPT_TLS is set. */
2070 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
2071 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
2077 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
2078 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
:
2079 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
2080 /* These relocations are relative but in a shared library the
2081 linker doesn't know the thread pointer base. */
2082 return bfd_link_dll (info
);
2086 /* If ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS is non-zero, the linker will try to avoid
2087 copying dynamic variables from a shared lib into an app's dynbss
2088 section, and instead use a dynamic relocation to point into the
2090 #define ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 1
2092 /* Used to track dynamic relocations for local symbols. */
2093 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
2095 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*next
;
2097 /* The input section of the reloc. */
2100 /* Total number of relocs copied for the input section. */
2101 unsigned int count
: 31;
2103 /* Whether this entry is for STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols. */
2104 unsigned int ifunc
: 1;
2107 /* PPC ELF linker hash entry. */
2109 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
2111 struct elf_link_hash_entry elf
;
2113 /* If this symbol is used in the linker created sections, the processor
2114 specific backend uses this field to map the field into the offset
2115 from the beginning of the section. */
2116 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*linker_section_pointer
;
2118 /* Contexts in which symbol is used in the GOT.
2119 Bits are or'd into the mask as the corresponding relocs are
2120 encountered during check_relocs, with TLS_TLS being set when any
2121 of the other TLS bits are set. tls_optimize clears bits when
2122 optimizing to indicate the corresponding GOT entry type is not
2123 needed. If set, TLS_TLS is never cleared. tls_optimize may also
2124 set TLS_GDIE when a GD reloc turns into an IE one.
2125 These flags are also kept for local symbols. */
2126 #define TLS_TLS 1 /* Any TLS reloc. */
2127 #define TLS_GD 2 /* GD reloc. */
2128 #define TLS_LD 4 /* LD reloc. */
2129 #define TLS_TPREL 8 /* TPREL reloc, => IE. */
2130 #define TLS_DTPREL 16 /* DTPREL reloc, => LD. */
2131 #define TLS_MARK 32 /* __tls_get_addr call marked. */
2132 #define TLS_GDIE 64 /* GOT TPREL reloc resulting from GD->IE. */
2133 unsigned char tls_mask
;
2135 /* The above field is also used to mark function symbols. In which
2136 case TLS_TLS will be 0. */
2137 #define PLT_IFUNC 2 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
2138 #define PLT_KEEP 4 /* inline plt call requires plt entry. */
2139 #define NON_GOT 256 /* local symbol plt, not stored. */
2141 /* Nonzero if we have seen a small data relocation referring to this
2143 unsigned char has_sda_refs
: 1;
2145 /* Flag use of given relocations. */
2146 unsigned char has_addr16_ha
: 1;
2147 unsigned char has_addr16_lo
: 1;
2150 #define ppc_elf_hash_entry(ent) ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) (ent))
2152 /* PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2154 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
2156 struct elf_link_hash_table elf
;
2158 /* Various options passed from the linker. */
2159 struct ppc_elf_params
*params
;
2161 /* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections. */
2165 elf_linker_section_t sdata
[2];
2167 asection
*glink_eh_frame
;
2169 asection
*relpltlocal
;
2171 /* The (unloaded but important) .rela.plt.unloaded on VxWorks. */
2174 /* Shortcut to __tls_get_addr. */
2175 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*tls_get_addr
;
2177 /* The bfd that forced an old-style PLT. */
2180 /* TLS local dynamic got entry handling. */
2182 bfd_signed_vma refcount
;
2186 /* Offset of branch table to PltResolve function in glink. */
2187 bfd_vma glink_pltresolve
;
2189 /* Size of reserved GOT entries. */
2190 unsigned int got_header_size
;
2191 /* Non-zero if allocating the header left a gap. */
2192 unsigned int got_gap
;
2194 /* The type of PLT we have chosen to use. */
2195 enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type
;
2197 /* Whether there exist local gnu indirect function resolvers,
2198 referenced by dynamic relocations. */
2199 unsigned int local_ifunc_resolver
:1;
2200 unsigned int maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
:1;
2202 /* Set if tls optimization is enabled. */
2203 unsigned int do_tls_opt
:1;
2205 /* Set if inline plt calls should be converted to direct calls. */
2206 unsigned int can_convert_all_inline_plt
:1;
2208 /* The size of PLT entries. */
2210 /* The distance between adjacent PLT slots. */
2212 /* The size of the first PLT entry. */
2213 int plt_initial_entry_size
;
2216 /* Rename some of the generic section flags to better document how they
2217 are used for ppc32. The flags are only valid for ppc32 elf objects. */
2219 /* Nonzero if this section has TLS related relocations. */
2220 #define has_tls_reloc sec_flg0
2222 /* Nonzero if this section has a call to __tls_get_addr lacking marker
2224 #define nomark_tls_get_addr sec_flg1
2226 /* Flag set when PLTCALL relocs are detected. */
2227 #define has_pltcall sec_flg2
2229 /* Get the PPC ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
2231 #define ppc_elf_hash_table(p) \
2232 ((is_elf_hash_table ((p)->hash) \
2233 && elf_hash_table_id (elf_hash_table (p)) == PPC32_ELF_DATA) \
2234 ? (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *) (p)->hash : NULL)
2236 /* Create an entry in a PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2238 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
2239 ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
2240 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
2243 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
2247 entry
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
,
2248 sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
));
2253 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
2254 entry
= _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
2257 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry
)->linker_section_pointer
= NULL
;
2258 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry
)->tls_mask
= 0;
2259 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry
)->has_sda_refs
= 0;
2265 /* Create a PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2267 static struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
2268 ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
2270 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
2271 static struct ppc_elf_params default_params
2272 = { PLT_OLD
, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 12, 0, 0, 0 };
2274 ret
= bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
));
2278 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret
->elf
, abfd
,
2279 ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
2280 sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
),
2287 ret
->elf
.init_plt_refcount
.refcount
= 0;
2288 ret
->elf
.init_plt_refcount
.glist
= NULL
;
2289 ret
->elf
.init_plt_offset
.offset
= 0;
2290 ret
->elf
.init_plt_offset
.glist
= NULL
;
2292 ret
->params
= &default_params
;
2294 ret
->sdata
[0].name
= ".sdata";
2295 ret
->sdata
[0].sym_name
= "_SDA_BASE_";
2296 ret
->sdata
[0].bss_name
= ".sbss";
2298 ret
->sdata
[1].name
= ".sdata2";
2299 ret
->sdata
[1].sym_name
= "_SDA2_BASE_";
2300 ret
->sdata
[1].bss_name
= ".sbss2";
2302 ret
->plt_entry_size
= 12;
2303 ret
->plt_slot_size
= 8;
2304 ret
->plt_initial_entry_size
= 72;
2306 return &ret
->elf
.root
;
2309 /* Hook linker params into hash table. */
2312 ppc_elf_link_params (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, struct ppc_elf_params
*params
)
2314 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2317 htab
->params
= params
;
2318 params
->pagesize_p2
= bfd_log2 (params
->pagesize
);
2321 /* Create .got and the related sections. */
2324 ppc_elf_create_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2326 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2328 if (!_bfd_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
2331 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2332 if (htab
->elf
.target_os
!= is_vxworks
)
2334 /* The powerpc .got has a blrl instruction in it. Mark it
2336 flagword flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2337 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2338 if (!bfd_set_section_flags (htab
->elf
.sgot
, flags
))
2345 /* Create a special linker section, used for R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16 and
2346 R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16 pointers. These sections become part of .sdata
2347 and .sdata2. Create _SDA_BASE_ and _SDA2_BASE too. */
2350 ppc_elf_create_linker_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2351 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2353 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
)
2357 flags
|= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
2358 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2360 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, lsect
->name
, flags
);
2365 /* Define the sym on the first section of this name. */
2366 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, lsect
->name
);
2368 lsect
->sym
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
, lsect
->sym_name
);
2369 if (lsect
->sym
== NULL
)
2371 lsect
->sym
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 0x8000;
2376 ppc_elf_create_glink (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2378 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2383 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2384 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2385 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".glink", flags
);
2387 p2align
= htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
? 6 : 4;
2388 if (p2align
< htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
)
2389 p2align
= htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
;
2391 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, p2align
))
2394 if (!info
->no_ld_generated_unwind_info
)
2396 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2397 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2398 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".eh_frame", flags
);
2399 htab
->glink_eh_frame
= s
;
2401 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, 2))
2405 flags
= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
;
2406 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".iplt", flags
);
2409 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, 4))
2412 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2413 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2414 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rela.iplt", flags
);
2415 htab
->elf
.irelplt
= s
;
2417 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, 2))
2420 /* Local plt entries. */
2421 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
2422 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2423 htab
->pltlocal
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".branch_lt",
2425 if (htab
->pltlocal
== NULL
2426 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->pltlocal
, 2))
2429 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
2431 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
2432 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2434 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rela.branch_lt", flags
);
2435 if (htab
->relpltlocal
== NULL
2436 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->relpltlocal
, 2))
2440 if (!ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd
, info
, 0,
2444 if (!ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd
, info
, SEC_READONLY
,
2451 /* We have to create .dynsbss and .rela.sbss here so that they get mapped
2452 to output sections (just like _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections has
2453 to create .dynbss and .rela.bss). */
2456 ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2458 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2462 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2464 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
2465 && !ppc_elf_create_got (abfd
, info
))
2468 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
2471 if (htab
->glink
== NULL
2472 && !ppc_elf_create_glink (abfd
, info
))
2475 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynsbss",
2476 SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2481 if (! bfd_link_pic (info
))
2483 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2484 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2485 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rela.sbss", flags
);
2488 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, 2))
2492 if (htab
->elf
.target_os
== is_vxworks
2493 && !elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
, &htab
->srelplt2
))
2497 flags
= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
;
2498 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_VXWORKS
)
2499 /* The VxWorks PLT is a loaded section with contents. */
2500 flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
;
2501 return bfd_set_section_flags (s
, flags
);
2504 /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry. */
2507 ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2508 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
2509 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
2511 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*edir
, *eind
;
2513 edir
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) dir
;
2514 eind
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) ind
;
2516 edir
->tls_mask
|= eind
->tls_mask
;
2517 edir
->has_sda_refs
|= eind
->has_sda_refs
;
2519 if (edir
->elf
.versioned
!= versioned_hidden
)
2520 edir
->elf
.ref_dynamic
|= eind
->elf
.ref_dynamic
;
2521 edir
->elf
.ref_regular
|= eind
->elf
.ref_regular
;
2522 edir
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
|= eind
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
;
2523 edir
->elf
.non_got_ref
|= eind
->elf
.non_got_ref
;
2524 edir
->elf
.needs_plt
|= eind
->elf
.needs_plt
;
2525 edir
->elf
.pointer_equality_needed
|= eind
->elf
.pointer_equality_needed
;
2527 /* If we were called to copy over info for a weak sym, that's all. */
2528 if (eind
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2531 if (ind
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
2533 if (dir
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
2535 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
2536 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
2538 /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
2539 list. Merge any entries against the same section. */
2540 for (pp
= &ind
->dyn_relocs
; (p
= *pp
) != NULL
; )
2542 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*q
;
2544 for (q
= dir
->dyn_relocs
; q
!= NULL
; q
= q
->next
)
2545 if (q
->sec
== p
->sec
)
2547 q
->pc_count
+= p
->pc_count
;
2548 q
->count
+= p
->count
;
2555 *pp
= dir
->dyn_relocs
;
2558 dir
->dyn_relocs
= ind
->dyn_relocs
;
2559 ind
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
2562 /* Copy over the GOT refcount entries that we may have already seen to
2563 the symbol which just became indirect. */
2564 edir
->elf
.got
.refcount
+= eind
->elf
.got
.refcount
;
2565 eind
->elf
.got
.refcount
= 0;
2567 /* And plt entries. */
2568 if (eind
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)
2570 if (edir
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)
2572 struct plt_entry
**entp
;
2573 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
2575 for (entp
= &eind
->elf
.plt
.plist
; (ent
= *entp
) != NULL
; )
2577 struct plt_entry
*dent
;
2579 for (dent
= edir
->elf
.plt
.plist
; dent
!= NULL
; dent
= dent
->next
)
2580 if (dent
->sec
== ent
->sec
&& dent
->addend
== ent
->addend
)
2582 dent
->plt
.refcount
+= ent
->plt
.refcount
;
2589 *entp
= edir
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
2592 edir
->elf
.plt
.plist
= eind
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
2593 eind
->elf
.plt
.plist
= NULL
;
2596 if (eind
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
2598 if (edir
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
2599 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
2600 edir
->elf
.dynstr_index
);
2601 edir
->elf
.dynindx
= eind
->elf
.dynindx
;
2602 edir
->elf
.dynstr_index
= eind
->elf
.dynstr_index
;
2603 eind
->elf
.dynindx
= -1;
2604 eind
->elf
.dynstr_index
= 0;
2608 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
2609 file. We use it to put .comm items in .sbss, and not .bss. */
2612 ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
,
2613 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2614 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
2615 const char **namep ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2616 flagword
*flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2620 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
2621 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
2622 && is_ppc_elf (info
->output_bfd
)
2623 && sym
->st_size
<= elf_gp_size (abfd
))
2625 /* Common symbols less than or equal to -G nn bytes are automatically
2627 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2629 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2630 if (htab
->sbss
== NULL
)
2632 flagword flags
= SEC_IS_COMMON
| SEC_SMALL_DATA
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
;
2634 if (!htab
->elf
.dynobj
)
2635 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
2637 htab
->sbss
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (htab
->elf
.dynobj
,
2640 if (htab
->sbss
== NULL
)
2645 *valp
= sym
->st_size
;
2651 /* Find a linker generated pointer with a given addend and type. */
2653 static elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*
2654 elf_find_pointer_linker_section
2655 (elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*linker_pointers
,
2657 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
)
2659 for ( ; linker_pointers
!= NULL
; linker_pointers
= linker_pointers
->next
)
2660 if (lsect
== linker_pointers
->lsect
&& addend
== linker_pointers
->addend
)
2661 return linker_pointers
;
2666 /* Allocate a pointer to live in a linker created section. */
2669 elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2670 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
,
2671 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2672 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
2674 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
**ptr_linker_section_ptr
= NULL
;
2675 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*linker_section_ptr
;
2676 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
2679 BFD_ASSERT (lsect
!= NULL
);
2681 /* Is this a global symbol? */
2684 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
2686 /* Has this symbol already been allocated? If so, our work is done. */
2687 eh
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2688 if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (eh
->linker_section_pointer
,
2693 ptr_linker_section_ptr
= &eh
->linker_section_pointer
;
2697 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd
));
2699 /* Allocation of a pointer to a local symbol. */
2700 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
**ptr
= elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd
);
2702 /* Allocate a table to hold the local symbols if first time. */
2705 unsigned int num_symbols
= elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
).sh_info
;
2708 amt
*= sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*);
2709 ptr
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
2714 elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd
) = ptr
;
2717 /* Has this symbol already been allocated? If so, our work is done. */
2718 if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (ptr
[r_symndx
],
2723 ptr_linker_section_ptr
= &ptr
[r_symndx
];
2726 /* Allocate space for a pointer in the linker section, and allocate
2727 a new pointer record from internal memory. */
2728 BFD_ASSERT (ptr_linker_section_ptr
!= NULL
);
2729 amt
= sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t
);
2730 linker_section_ptr
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2732 if (!linker_section_ptr
)
2735 linker_section_ptr
->next
= *ptr_linker_section_ptr
;
2736 linker_section_ptr
->addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
2737 linker_section_ptr
->lsect
= lsect
;
2738 *ptr_linker_section_ptr
= linker_section_ptr
;
2740 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (lsect
->section
, 2))
2742 linker_section_ptr
->offset
= lsect
->section
->size
;
2743 lsect
->section
->size
+= 4;
2747 "Create pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld, section size = %ld\n",
2748 lsect
->name
, (long) linker_section_ptr
->offset
,
2749 (long) lsect
->section
->size
);
2755 static struct plt_entry
**
2756 update_local_sym_info (bfd
*abfd
,
2757 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
2758 unsigned long r_symndx
,
2761 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got_refcounts
= elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
);
2762 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
2763 unsigned char *local_got_tls_masks
;
2765 if (local_got_refcounts
== NULL
)
2767 bfd_size_type size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
2769 size
*= (sizeof (*local_got_refcounts
)
2770 + sizeof (*local_plt
)
2771 + sizeof (*local_got_tls_masks
));
2772 local_got_refcounts
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, size
);
2773 if (local_got_refcounts
== NULL
)
2775 elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
) = local_got_refcounts
;
2778 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_refcounts
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
2779 local_got_tls_masks
= (unsigned char *) (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
2780 local_got_tls_masks
[r_symndx
] |= tls_type
& 0xff;
2781 if ((tls_type
& NON_GOT
) == 0)
2782 local_got_refcounts
[r_symndx
] += 1;
2783 return local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
2787 update_plt_info (bfd
*abfd
, struct plt_entry
**plist
,
2788 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma addend
)
2790 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
2794 for (ent
= *plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
2795 if (ent
->sec
== sec
&& ent
->addend
== addend
)
2799 size_t amt
= sizeof (*ent
);
2800 ent
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2805 ent
->addend
= addend
;
2806 ent
->plt
.refcount
= 0;
2809 ent
->plt
.refcount
+= 1;
2813 static struct plt_entry
*
2814 find_plt_ent (struct plt_entry
**plist
, asection
*sec
, bfd_vma addend
)
2816 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
2820 for (ent
= *plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
2821 if (ent
->sec
== sec
&& ent
->addend
== addend
)
2827 is_branch_reloc (enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
)
2829 return (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
2830 || r_type
== R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
2831 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL24
2832 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL14
2833 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
2834 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
2835 || r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR24
2836 || r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR14
2837 || r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
2838 || r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
2839 || r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_REL24
);
2842 /* Relocs on inline plt call sequence insns prior to the call. */
2845 is_plt_seq_reloc (enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
)
2847 return (r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
2848 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
2849 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2850 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLTSEQ
);
2854 bad_shared_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
)
2857 /* xgettext:c-format */
2858 (_("%pB: relocation %s cannot be used when making a shared object"),
2860 ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
);
2861 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2864 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
2865 allocate space in the global offset table or procedure linkage
2869 ppc_elf_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
2870 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2872 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
2874 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2875 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2876 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
2877 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
2878 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
2879 asection
*got2
, *sreloc
;
2880 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*tga
;
2882 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
2886 _bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_check_relocs called for section %pA in %pB",
2890 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd
));
2892 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
2893 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_ADDR32
])
2894 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
2896 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2897 if (htab
->glink
== NULL
)
2899 if (htab
->elf
.dynobj
== NULL
)
2900 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
2901 if (!ppc_elf_create_glink (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
))
2904 tga
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr",
2905 false, false, true);
2906 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
2907 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
2908 got2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got2");
2911 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
2912 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; rel
++)
2914 unsigned long r_symndx
;
2915 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
2916 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
2918 struct plt_entry
**ifunc
;
2919 struct plt_entry
**pltent
;
2922 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
2923 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
2927 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
2928 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
2929 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2930 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2933 /* If a relocation refers to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, create the .got.
2934 This shows up in particular in an R_PPC_ADDR32 in the eabi
2937 && htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
2938 && strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
2940 if (htab
->elf
.dynobj
== NULL
)
2941 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
2942 if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
))
2944 BFD_ASSERT (h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
);
2948 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
2950 if (h
== NULL
&& htab
->elf
.target_os
!= is_vxworks
)
2952 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->elf
.sym_cache
,
2957 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
2959 /* Set PLT_IFUNC flag for this sym, no GOT entry yet. */
2960 ifunc
= update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
2961 NON_GOT
| PLT_IFUNC
);
2965 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols must have a PLT entry;
2966 In a non-pie executable even when there are
2968 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
2969 || is_branch_reloc (r_type
)
2970 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2971 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
2972 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
)
2975 if (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
2976 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd
)->makes_plt_call
= 1;
2977 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
2978 && (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
2979 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2980 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
2981 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
))
2982 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
2983 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, ifunc
, got2
, addend
))
2989 if (htab
->elf
.target_os
!= is_vxworks
2990 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
)
2995 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC_TLSGD
2996 || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC_TLSLD
))
2997 /* We have a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a marker
3001 /* Mark this section as having an old-style call. */
3002 sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
= 1;
3009 /* These special tls relocs tie a call to __tls_get_addr with
3010 its parameter symbol. */
3012 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
;
3014 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
3015 NON_GOT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
3022 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
3023 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
3024 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
3025 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
3026 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
3029 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
3030 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
3031 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
3032 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
3033 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
3036 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
3037 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
3038 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
3039 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
3040 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
3041 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
3042 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
3045 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
:
3046 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
:
3047 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
:
3048 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
3049 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
3051 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
3054 /* GOT16 relocations */
3056 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO
:
3057 case R_PPC_GOT16_HI
:
3058 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA
:
3059 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
3060 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
)
3062 if (htab
->elf
.dynobj
== NULL
)
3063 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
3064 if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
))
3069 h
->got
.refcount
+= 1;
3070 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= tls_type
;
3073 /* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol. */
3074 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
, tls_type
))
3077 /* We may also need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3079 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
3081 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, NULL
, 0))
3086 /* Indirect .sdata relocation. */
3087 case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
:
3088 htab
->sdata
[0].sym
->ref_regular
= 1;
3089 if (!elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (abfd
, &htab
->sdata
[0],
3094 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= true;
3095 h
->non_got_ref
= true;
3099 /* Indirect .sdata2 relocation. */
3100 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
:
3101 if (!bfd_link_executable (info
))
3103 bad_shared_reloc (abfd
, r_type
);
3106 htab
->sdata
[1].sym
->ref_regular
= 1;
3107 if (!elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (abfd
, &htab
->sdata
[1],
3112 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= true;
3113 h
->non_got_ref
= true;
3117 case R_PPC_SDAREL16
:
3118 htab
->sdata
[0].sym
->ref_regular
= 1;
3121 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
:
3122 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
:
3123 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
:
3124 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
:
3125 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
:
3126 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
:
3129 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= true;
3130 h
->non_got_ref
= true;
3134 case R_PPC_VLE_REL8
:
3135 case R_PPC_VLE_REL15
:
3136 case R_PPC_VLE_REL24
:
3137 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16A
:
3138 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16D
:
3139 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16A
:
3140 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16D
:
3141 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16A
:
3142 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16D
:
3143 case R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20
:
3146 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
:
3147 if (!bfd_link_executable (info
))
3149 bad_shared_reloc (abfd
, r_type
);
3152 htab
->sdata
[1].sym
->ref_regular
= 1;
3155 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= true;
3156 h
->non_got_ref
= true;
3160 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
:
3161 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
:
3162 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
:
3163 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
:
3166 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= true;
3167 h
->non_got_ref
= true;
3171 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
:
3172 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
:
3173 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
:
3174 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
:
3175 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
:
3177 h
->non_got_ref
= true;
3180 case R_PPC_PLTREL24
:
3183 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd
)->makes_plt_call
= 1;
3187 sec
->has_pltcall
= 1;
3191 case R_PPC_PLTREL32
:
3192 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO
:
3193 case R_PPC_PLT16_HI
:
3194 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
3197 fprintf (stderr
, "Reloc requires a PLT entry\n");
3199 /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. */
3202 pltent
= update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
3203 NON_GOT
| PLT_KEEP
);
3209 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
3210 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= PLT_KEEP
;
3212 pltent
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
3215 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
3216 && (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
3217 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
3218 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
3219 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
))
3220 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
3221 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, pltent
, got2
, addend
))
3225 /* The following relocations don't need to propagate the
3226 relocation if linking a shared object since they are
3227 section relative. */
3229 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
:
3230 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI
:
3231 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
:
3232 case R_PPC_DTPREL16
:
3233 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
:
3234 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
:
3235 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
:
3240 case R_PPC_REL16_LO
:
3241 case R_PPC_REL16_HI
:
3242 case R_PPC_REL16_HA
:
3243 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
:
3244 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_rel16
= 1;
3247 /* These are just markers. */
3249 case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF
:
3253 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
:
3254 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
:
3258 /* These should only appear in dynamic objects. */
3260 case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
:
3261 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
:
3262 case R_PPC_RELATIVE
:
3263 case R_PPC_IRELATIVE
:
3266 /* These aren't handled yet. We'll report an error later. */
3268 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16
:
3269 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO
:
3270 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI
:
3271 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
:
3272 case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD
:
3275 /* This refers only to functions defined in the shared library. */
3276 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
:
3277 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
&& htab
->plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
3279 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
3280 htab
->old_bfd
= abfd
;
3282 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
3285 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, NULL
, 0))
3290 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
3291 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
3292 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
3293 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
3297 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
3298 used. Record for later use during GC. */
3299 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
:
3300 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_addend
))
3304 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
:
3305 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
3306 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
3308 /* We shouldn't really be seeing TPREL32. */
3311 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
3312 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
3313 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
3317 case R_PPC_DTPMOD32
:
3318 case R_PPC_DTPREL32
:
3324 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0
3325 && bfd_link_pic (info
)
3326 && htab
->plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
3328 /* Old -fPIC gcc code has .long LCTOC1-LCFx just before
3329 the start of a function, which assembles to a REL32
3330 reference to .got2. If we detect one of these, then
3331 force the old PLT layout because the linker cannot
3332 reliably deduce the GOT pointer value needed for
3335 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
3337 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->elf
.sym_cache
,
3342 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
3345 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
3346 htab
->old_bfd
= abfd
;
3349 if (h
== NULL
|| h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
3355 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
:
3356 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI
:
3357 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
:
3360 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
3362 /* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3363 a function defined in a dynamic object. */
3364 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, NULL
, 0))
3367 /* We may need a copy reloc too. */
3369 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 1;
3370 if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
)
3371 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_ha
= 1;
3372 if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
)
3373 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_lo
= 1;
3379 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
3380 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
3383 if (h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
3385 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
3387 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
3388 htab
->old_bfd
= abfd
;
3396 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
3397 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
3398 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
3400 /* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3401 a function defined in a dynamic object. */
3403 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, NULL
, 0))
3409 /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc
3410 against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc
3411 against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc
3412 into the shared library. However, if we are linking with
3413 -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a
3414 global symbol which is defined in an object we are
3415 including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set). At
3416 this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is
3417 possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set
3418 later (it is never cleared). In case of a weak definition,
3419 DEF_REGULAR may be cleared later by a strong definition in
3420 a shared library. We account for that possibility below by
3421 storing information in the dyn_relocs field of the hash
3422 table entry. A similar situation occurs when creating
3423 shared libraries and symbol visibility changes render the
3426 If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we
3427 may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a
3428 dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the
3430 if ((bfd_link_pic (info
)
3431 && (must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
)
3433 && (!SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
)
3434 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
3435 || !h
->def_regular
))))
3436 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
3437 && !bfd_link_pic (info
)
3439 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
3440 || !h
->def_regular
)))
3444 "ppc_elf_check_relocs needs to "
3445 "create relocation for %s\n",
3446 (h
&& h
->root
.root
.string
3447 ? h
->root
.root
.string
: "<unknown>"));
3451 if (htab
->elf
.dynobj
== NULL
)
3452 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
3454 sreloc
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
3455 (sec
, htab
->elf
.dynobj
, 2, abfd
, /*rela?*/ true);
3461 /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
3462 relocations we need for this symbol. */
3465 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
3466 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**rel_head
;
3468 rel_head
= &h
->dyn_relocs
;
3470 if (p
== NULL
|| p
->sec
!= sec
)
3472 p
= bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof *p
);
3475 p
->next
= *rel_head
;
3482 if (!must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
))
3487 /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too.
3488 We really need local syms available to do this
3490 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
3491 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**rel_head
;
3495 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
3497 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->elf
.sym_cache
,
3502 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
3506 vpp
= &elf_section_data (s
)->local_dynrel
;
3507 rel_head
= (struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**) vpp
;
3508 is_ifunc
= ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
3510 if (p
!= NULL
&& p
->sec
== sec
&& p
->ifunc
!= is_ifunc
)
3512 if (p
== NULL
|| p
->sec
!= sec
|| p
->ifunc
!= is_ifunc
)
3514 p
= bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof *p
);
3517 p
->next
= *rel_head
;
3520 p
->ifunc
= is_ifunc
;
3534 /* Warn for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP attributes between IBFD
3535 and OBFD, and merge non-conflicting ones. */
3537 _bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3539 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
3540 obj_attribute
*in_attr
, *in_attrs
;
3541 obj_attribute
*out_attr
, *out_attrs
;
3545 /* We only warn about shared library mismatches, because common
3546 libraries advertise support for a particular long double variant
3547 but actually support more than one variant. For example, glibc
3548 typically supports 128-bit IBM long double in the shared library
3549 but has a compatibility static archive for 64-bit long double.
3550 The linker doesn't have the smarts to see that an app using
3551 object files marked as 64-bit long double call the compatibility
3552 layer objects and only from there call into the shared library. */
3553 warn_only
= (ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
3555 in_attrs
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
3556 out_attrs
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
3558 in_attr
= &in_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP
];
3559 out_attr
= &out_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP
];
3561 if (in_attr
->i
!= out_attr
->i
)
3563 int in_fp
= in_attr
->i
& 3;
3564 int out_fp
= out_attr
->i
& 3;
3565 static bfd
*last_fp
, *last_ld
;
3569 else if (out_fp
== 0)
3573 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3574 out_attr
->i
^= in_fp
;
3578 else if (out_fp
!= 2 && in_fp
== 2)
3581 /* xgettext:c-format */
3582 (_("%pB uses hard float, %pB uses soft float"),
3586 else if (out_fp
== 2 && in_fp
!= 2)
3589 /* xgettext:c-format */
3590 (_("%pB uses hard float, %pB uses soft float"),
3594 else if (out_fp
== 1 && in_fp
== 3)
3597 /* xgettext:c-format */
3598 (_("%pB uses double-precision hard float, "
3599 "%pB uses single-precision hard float"), last_fp
, ibfd
);
3602 else if (out_fp
== 3 && in_fp
== 1)
3605 /* xgettext:c-format */
3606 (_("%pB uses double-precision hard float, "
3607 "%pB uses single-precision hard float"), ibfd
, last_fp
);
3611 in_fp
= in_attr
->i
& 0xc;
3612 out_fp
= out_attr
->i
& 0xc;
3615 else if (out_fp
== 0)
3619 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3620 out_attr
->i
^= in_fp
;
3624 else if (out_fp
!= 2 * 4 && in_fp
== 2 * 4)
3627 /* xgettext:c-format */
3628 (_("%pB uses 64-bit long double, "
3629 "%pB uses 128-bit long double"), ibfd
, last_ld
);
3632 else if (in_fp
!= 2 * 4 && out_fp
== 2 * 4)
3635 /* xgettext:c-format */
3636 (_("%pB uses 64-bit long double, "
3637 "%pB uses 128-bit long double"), last_ld
, ibfd
);
3640 else if (out_fp
== 1 * 4 && in_fp
== 3 * 4)
3643 /* xgettext:c-format */
3644 (_("%pB uses IBM long double, "
3645 "%pB uses IEEE long double"), last_ld
, ibfd
);
3648 else if (out_fp
== 3 * 4 && in_fp
== 1 * 4)
3651 /* xgettext:c-format */
3652 (_("%pB uses IBM long double, "
3653 "%pB uses IEEE long double"), ibfd
, last_ld
);
3660 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3661 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3666 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Warn if
3667 there are conflicting attributes. */
3669 ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3672 obj_attribute
*in_attr
, *in_attrs
;
3673 obj_attribute
*out_attr
, *out_attrs
;
3676 if (!_bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (ibfd
, info
))
3679 obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
3680 in_attrs
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
3681 out_attrs
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
3683 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector attributes and
3684 merge non-conflicting ones. */
3685 in_attr
= &in_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector
];
3686 out_attr
= &out_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector
];
3688 if (in_attr
->i
!= out_attr
->i
)
3690 int in_vec
= in_attr
->i
& 3;
3691 int out_vec
= out_attr
->i
& 3;
3692 static bfd
*last_vec
;
3696 else if (out_vec
== 0)
3698 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3699 out_attr
->i
= in_vec
;
3702 /* For now, allow generic to transition to AltiVec or SPE
3703 without a warning. If GCC marked files with their stack
3704 alignment and used don't-care markings for files which are
3705 not affected by the vector ABI, we could warn about this
3707 else if (in_vec
== 1)
3709 else if (out_vec
== 1)
3711 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3712 out_attr
->i
= in_vec
;
3715 else if (out_vec
< in_vec
)
3718 /* xgettext:c-format */
3719 (_("%pB uses AltiVec vector ABI, %pB uses SPE vector ABI"),
3721 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3724 else if (out_vec
> in_vec
)
3727 /* xgettext:c-format */
3728 (_("%pB uses AltiVec vector ABI, %pB uses SPE vector ABI"),
3730 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3735 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return attributes
3736 and merge non-conflicting ones. */
3737 in_attr
= &in_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return
];
3738 out_attr
= &out_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return
];
3739 if (in_attr
->i
!= out_attr
->i
)
3741 int in_struct
= in_attr
->i
& 3;
3742 int out_struct
= out_attr
->i
& 3;
3743 static bfd
*last_struct
;
3745 if (in_struct
== 0 || in_struct
== 3)
3747 else if (out_struct
== 0)
3749 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3750 out_attr
->i
= in_struct
;
3753 else if (out_struct
< in_struct
)
3756 /* xgettext:c-format */
3757 (_("%pB uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, "
3758 "%pB uses memory"), last_struct
, ibfd
);
3759 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3762 else if (out_struct
> in_struct
)
3765 /* xgettext:c-format */
3766 (_("%pB uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, "
3767 "%pB uses memory"), ibfd
, last_struct
);
3768 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3774 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3778 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
3779 return _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd
, info
);
3782 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
3783 object file when linking. */
3786 ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3788 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
3793 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd
) || !is_ppc_elf (obfd
))
3796 /* Check if we have the same endianness. */
3797 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, info
))
3800 if (!ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd
, info
))
3803 if ((ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
3806 new_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
3807 old_flags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
3808 if (!elf_flags_init (obfd
))
3810 /* First call, no flags set. */
3811 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = true;
3812 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= new_flags
;
3815 /* Compatible flags are ok. */
3816 else if (new_flags
== old_flags
)
3819 /* Incompatible flags. */
3822 /* Warn about -mrelocatable mismatch. Allow -mrelocatable-lib
3823 to be linked with either. */
3825 if ((new_flags
& EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
) != 0
3826 && (old_flags
& (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
)) == 0)
3830 (_("%pB: compiled with -mrelocatable and linked with "
3831 "modules compiled normally"), ibfd
);
3833 else if ((new_flags
& (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
)) == 0
3834 && (old_flags
& EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
) != 0)
3838 (_("%pB: compiled normally and linked with "
3839 "modules compiled with -mrelocatable"), ibfd
);
3842 /* The output is -mrelocatable-lib iff both the input files are. */
3843 if (! (new_flags
& EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
))
3844 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
;
3846 /* The output is -mrelocatable iff it can't be -mrelocatable-lib,
3847 but each input file is either -mrelocatable or -mrelocatable-lib. */
3848 if (! (elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
& EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
)
3849 && (new_flags
& (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
))
3850 && (old_flags
& (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
)))
3851 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
;
3853 /* Do not warn about eabi vs. V.4 mismatch, just or in the bit if
3854 any module uses it. */
3855 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= (new_flags
& EF_PPC_EMB
);
3857 new_flags
&= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
| EF_PPC_EMB
);
3858 old_flags
&= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
| EF_PPC_EMB
);
3860 /* Warn about any other mismatches. */
3861 if (new_flags
!= old_flags
)
3865 /* xgettext:c-format */
3866 (_("%pB: uses different e_flags (%#x) fields "
3867 "than previous modules (%#x)"),
3868 ibfd
, new_flags
, old_flags
);
3873 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3882 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (bfd
*input_bfd
,
3883 asection
*input_section
,
3884 unsigned long offset
,
3887 split16_format_type split16_format
,
3890 unsigned int insn
, opcode
;
3892 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, loc
);
3893 opcode
= insn
& E_OPCODE_MASK
;
3894 if (opcode
== E_OR2I_INSN
3895 || opcode
== E_AND2I_DOT_INSN
3896 || opcode
== E_OR2IS_INSN
3897 || opcode
== E_LIS_INSN
3898 || opcode
== E_AND2IS_DOT_INSN
)
3900 if (split16_format
!= split16a_type
)
3903 split16_format
= split16a_type
;
3906 /* xgettext:c-format */
3907 (_("%pB(%pA+0x%lx): expected 16A style relocation on 0x%08x insn"),
3908 input_bfd
, input_section
, offset
, opcode
);
3911 else if (opcode
== E_ADD2I_DOT_INSN
3912 || opcode
== E_ADD2IS_INSN
3913 || opcode
== E_CMP16I_INSN
3914 || opcode
== E_MULL2I_INSN
3915 || opcode
== E_CMPL16I_INSN
3916 || opcode
== E_CMPH16I_INSN
3917 || opcode
== E_CMPHL16I_INSN
)
3919 if (split16_format
!= split16d_type
)
3922 split16_format
= split16d_type
;
3925 /* xgettext:c-format */
3926 (_("%pB(%pA+0x%lx): expected 16D style relocation on 0x%08x insn"),
3927 input_bfd
, input_section
, offset
, opcode
);
3930 if (split16_format
== split16a_type
)
3932 insn
&= ~((0xf800 << 5) | 0x7ff);
3933 insn
|= (value
& 0xf800) << 5;
3934 if ((insn
& E_LI_MASK
) == E_LI_INSN
)
3936 /* Hack for e_li. Extend sign. */
3937 insn
&= ~(0xf0000 >> 5);
3938 insn
|= (-(value
& 0x8000) & 0xf0000) >> 5;
3943 insn
&= ~((0xf800 << 10) | 0x7ff);
3944 insn
|= (value
& 0xf800) << 10;
3946 insn
|= value
& 0x7ff;
3947 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, loc
);
3951 ppc_elf_vle_split20 (bfd
*output_bfd
, bfd_byte
*loc
, bfd_vma value
)
3955 insn
= bfd_get_32 (output_bfd
, loc
);
3956 /* We have an li20 field, bits 17..20, 11..15, 21..31. */
3957 /* Top 4 bits of value to 17..20. */
3958 insn
|= (value
& 0xf0000) >> 5;
3959 /* Next 5 bits of the value to 11..15. */
3960 insn
|= (value
& 0xf800) << 5;
3961 /* And the final 11 bits of the value to bits 21 to 31. */
3962 insn
|= value
& 0x7ff;
3963 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, insn
, loc
);
3967 /* Choose which PLT scheme to use, and set .plt flags appropriately.
3968 Returns -1 on error, 0 for old PLT, 1 for new PLT. */
3970 ppc_elf_select_plt_layout (bfd
*output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
3971 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3973 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3976 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
3978 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
3980 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3982 if (htab
->params
->plt_style
== PLT_OLD
)
3983 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
3984 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
3985 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
3986 && (h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "_mcount",
3987 false, false, true)) != NULL
3988 && (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
3991 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
3992 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
)))
3994 /* Profiling of shared libs (and pies) is not supported with
3995 secure plt, because ppc32 does profiling before a
3996 function prologue and a secure plt pic call stubs needs
3997 r30 to be set up. */
3998 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
4003 enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type
= htab
->params
->plt_style
;
4005 /* Look through the reloc flags left by ppc_elf_check_relocs.
4006 Use the old style bss plt if a file makes plt calls
4007 without using the new relocs, and if ld isn't given
4008 --secure-plt and we never see REL16 relocs. */
4009 if (plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
4011 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
4012 if (is_ppc_elf (ibfd
))
4014 if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->has_rel16
)
4016 else if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->makes_plt_call
)
4019 htab
->old_bfd
= ibfd
;
4023 htab
->plt_type
= plt_type
;
4026 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
&& htab
->params
->plt_style
== PLT_NEW
)
4028 if (htab
->old_bfd
!= NULL
)
4029 _bfd_error_handler (_("bss-plt forced due to %pB"), htab
->old_bfd
);
4031 _bfd_error_handler (_("bss-plt forced by profiling"));
4034 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_VXWORKS
);
4036 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
)
4038 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
4039 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
4041 /* The new PLT is a loaded section. */
4042 if (htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
4043 && !bfd_set_section_flags (htab
->elf
.splt
, flags
))
4046 /* The new GOT is not executable. */
4047 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
!= NULL
4048 && !bfd_set_section_flags (htab
->elf
.sgot
, flags
))
4053 /* Stop an unused .glink section from affecting .text alignment. */
4054 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
4055 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->glink
, 0))
4058 return htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
;
4061 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
4065 ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
4066 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4067 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
4068 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4069 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
4072 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
))
4074 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
4075 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
:
4079 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec
, info
, rel
, h
, sym
);
4083 get_sym_h (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hp
,
4084 Elf_Internal_Sym
**symp
,
4086 unsigned char **tls_maskp
,
4087 Elf_Internal_Sym
**locsymsp
,
4088 unsigned long r_symndx
,
4091 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4093 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4095 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
4096 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4098 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4099 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4100 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4101 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4109 if (symsecp
!= NULL
)
4111 asection
*symsec
= NULL
;
4112 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4113 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
4114 symsec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
4118 if (tls_maskp
!= NULL
)
4119 *tls_maskp
= &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
;
4123 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
4124 Elf_Internal_Sym
*locsyms
= *locsymsp
;
4126 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
4128 locsyms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
4129 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
4130 locsyms
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (ibfd
, symtab_hdr
,
4131 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
,
4132 0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
4133 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
4135 *locsymsp
= locsyms
;
4137 sym
= locsyms
+ r_symndx
;
4145 if (symsecp
!= NULL
)
4146 *symsecp
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd
, sym
->st_shndx
);
4148 if (tls_maskp
!= NULL
)
4150 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got
;
4151 unsigned char *tls_mask
;
4154 local_got
= elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd
);
4155 if (local_got
!= NULL
)
4157 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
4158 (local_got
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4159 unsigned char *lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *)
4160 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4161 tls_mask
= &lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
4163 *tls_maskp
= tls_mask
;
4169 /* Analyze inline PLT call relocations to see whether calls to locally
4170 defined functions can be converted to direct calls. */
4173 ppc_elf_inline_plt (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4175 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4178 bfd_vma low_vma
, high_vma
, limit
;
4180 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4184 /* A bl insn can reach -0x2000000 to 0x1fffffc. The limit is
4185 reduced somewhat to cater for possible stubs that might be added
4186 between the call and its destination. */
4190 for (sec
= info
->output_bfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
4191 if ((sec
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
)) == (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
))
4193 if (low_vma
> sec
->vma
)
4195 if (high_vma
< sec
->vma
+ sec
->size
)
4196 high_vma
= sec
->vma
+ sec
->size
;
4199 /* If a "bl" can reach anywhere in local code sections, then we can
4200 convert all inline PLT sequences to direct calls when the symbol
4202 if (high_vma
- low_vma
< limit
)
4204 htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
= 1;
4208 /* Otherwise, go looking through relocs for cases where a direct
4209 call won't reach. Mark the symbol on any such reloc to disable
4210 the optimization and keep the PLT entry as it seems likely that
4211 this will be better than creating trampolines. Note that this
4212 will disable the optimization for all inline PLT calls to a
4213 particular symbol, not just those that won't reach. The
4214 difficulty in doing a more precise optimization is that the
4215 linker needs to make a decision depending on whether a
4216 particular R_PPC_PLTCALL insn can be turned into a direct
4217 call, for each of the R_PPC_PLTSEQ and R_PPC_PLT16* insns in
4218 the sequence, and there is nothing that ties those relocs
4219 together except their symbol. */
4221 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
4223 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
4224 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
4226 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd
))
4230 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4232 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
4233 if (sec
->has_pltcall
4234 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
4236 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
4238 /* Read the relocations. */
4239 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
4241 if (relstart
== NULL
)
4244 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
4245 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; )
4247 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
4248 unsigned long r_symndx
;
4250 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4251 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
4252 unsigned char *tls_maskp
;
4254 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4255 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTCALL
)
4258 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4259 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, &tls_maskp
, &local_syms
,
4262 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4264 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
4269 if (sym_sec
!= NULL
&& sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
4273 to
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
4276 to
+= (rel
->r_addend
4277 + sym_sec
->output_offset
4278 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
4279 from
= (rel
->r_offset
4280 + sec
->output_offset
4281 + sec
->output_section
->vma
);
4282 if (to
- from
+ limit
< 2 * limit
)
4283 *tls_maskp
&= ~PLT_KEEP
;
4286 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4290 if (local_syms
!= NULL
4291 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
4293 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
4296 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
4303 /* Set plt output section type, htab->tls_get_addr, and call the
4304 generic ELF tls_setup function. */
4307 ppc_elf_tls_setup (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4309 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4311 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4312 htab
->tls_get_addr
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr",
4313 false, false, true);
4314 if (htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_NEW
)
4315 htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
= true;
4317 if (!htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
)
4319 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*opt
, *tga
;
4320 opt
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr_opt",
4321 false, false, true);
4323 && (opt
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4324 || opt
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
4326 /* If glibc supports an optimized __tls_get_addr call stub,
4327 signalled by the presence of __tls_get_addr_opt, and we'll
4328 be calling __tls_get_addr via a plt call stub, then
4329 make __tls_get_addr point to __tls_get_addr_opt. */
4330 tga
= htab
->tls_get_addr
;
4331 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
4333 && (tga
->type
== STT_FUNC
4335 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, tga
)
4336 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, tga
)))
4338 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
4339 for (ent
= tga
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
4340 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
4344 tga
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
4345 tga
->root
.u
.i
.link
= &opt
->root
;
4346 ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info
, opt
, tga
);
4348 if (opt
->dynindx
!= -1)
4350 /* Use __tls_get_addr_opt in dynamic relocations. */
4352 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
4354 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, opt
))
4357 htab
->tls_get_addr
= opt
;
4362 htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
= true;
4364 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
4365 && htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
4366 && htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
!= NULL
)
4368 elf_section_type (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
) = SHT_PROGBITS
;
4369 elf_section_flags (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
) = SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
;
4372 return _bfd_elf_tls_setup (obfd
, info
);
4375 /* Return TRUE iff REL is a branch reloc with a global symbol matching
4379 branch_reloc_hash_match (const bfd
*ibfd
,
4380 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
4381 const struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hash
)
4383 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4384 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4385 unsigned int r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4387 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
&& is_branch_reloc (r_type
))
4389 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
4390 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4392 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4393 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4394 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4395 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4402 /* Run through all the TLS relocs looking for optimization
4406 ppc_elf_tls_optimize (bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4407 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4411 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4414 if (!bfd_link_executable (info
))
4417 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4421 htab
->do_tls_opt
= 1;
4423 /* Make two passes through the relocs. First time check that tls
4424 relocs involved in setting up a tls_get_addr call are indeed
4425 followed by such a call. If they are not, don't do any tls
4426 optimization. On the second pass twiddle tls_mask flags to
4427 notify relocate_section that optimization can be done, and
4428 adjust got and plt refcounts. */
4429 for (pass
= 0; pass
< 2; ++pass
)
4430 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
4432 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4433 asection
*got2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, ".got2");
4435 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
4436 if (sec
->has_tls_reloc
&& !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
4438 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
4439 int expecting_tls_get_addr
= 0;
4441 /* Read the relocations. */
4442 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
4444 if (relstart
== NULL
)
4447 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
4448 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
4450 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
4451 unsigned long r_symndx
;
4452 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
4453 unsigned char *tls_mask
;
4454 unsigned char tls_set
, tls_clear
;
4456 bfd_signed_vma
*got_count
;
4458 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4459 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4461 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
4463 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
4464 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4465 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4466 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4467 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4470 is_local
= SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
);
4471 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4472 /* If this section has old-style __tls_get_addr calls
4473 without marker relocs, then check that each
4474 __tls_get_addr call reloc is preceded by a reloc
4475 that conceivably belongs to the __tls_get_addr arg
4476 setup insn. If we don't find matching arg setup
4477 relocs, don't do any tls optimization. */
4479 && sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
4481 && h
== htab
->tls_get_addr
4482 && !expecting_tls_get_addr
4483 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
))
4485 info
->callbacks
->minfo ("%H __tls_get_addr lost arg, "
4486 "TLS optimization disabled\n",
4487 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
);
4488 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4493 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 0;
4496 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
4497 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
4498 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 1;
4501 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
4502 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
4503 /* These relocs should never be against a symbol
4504 defined in a shared lib. Leave them alone if
4505 that turns out to be the case. */
4514 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
4515 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
4516 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 1;
4519 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
4520 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
4526 tls_set
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GDIE
;
4530 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
4531 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
4532 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
4533 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
4538 tls_clear
= TLS_TPREL
;
4549 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
4550 && is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)))
4553 && ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) != R_PPC_PLTSEQ
)
4555 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
);
4556 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
[1].r_info
);
4557 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4559 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
4561 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
4562 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4563 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4564 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4565 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4568 struct plt_entry
*ent
= NULL
;
4571 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
4572 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
4573 ent
= find_plt_ent (&h
->plt
.plist
,
4576 && ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
4577 ent
->plt
.refcount
-= 1;
4583 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 2;
4588 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
4591 unsigned char buf
[4];
4593 bfd_vma off
= rel
->r_offset
& ~3;
4594 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, buf
,
4597 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4601 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
);
4602 /* addis rt,2,imm */
4603 if ((insn
& ((0x3fu
<< 26) | 0x1f << 16))
4604 != ((15u << 26) | (2 << 16)))
4606 /* xgettext:c-format */
4607 info
->callbacks
->minfo
4608 (_("%H: warning: %s unexpected insn %#x.\n"),
4609 ibfd
, sec
, off
, "R_PPC_TPREL16_HA", insn
);
4610 htab
->do_tls_opt
= 0;
4615 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
:
4616 htab
->do_tls_opt
= 0;
4625 if (!expecting_tls_get_addr
4626 || !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
)
4629 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
4630 && branch_reloc_hash_match (ibfd
, rel
+ 1,
4631 htab
->tls_get_addr
))
4634 /* Uh oh, we didn't find the expected call. We
4635 could just mark this symbol to exclude it
4636 from tls optimization but it's safer to skip
4637 the entire optimization. */
4638 info
->callbacks
->minfo (_("%H arg lost __tls_get_addr, "
4639 "TLS optimization disabled\n"),
4640 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
);
4641 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4648 tls_mask
= &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
;
4649 got_count
= &h
->got
.refcount
;
4653 bfd_signed_vma
*lgot_refs
;
4654 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
4655 unsigned char *lgot_masks
;
4657 lgot_refs
= elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd
);
4658 if (lgot_refs
== NULL
)
4660 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
4661 (lgot_refs
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4662 lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *)
4663 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4664 tls_mask
= &lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
4665 got_count
= &lgot_refs
[r_symndx
];
4668 /* If we don't have old-style __tls_get_addr calls
4669 without TLSGD/TLSLD marker relocs, and we haven't
4670 found a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a
4671 marker for this symbol, then we either have a
4672 broken object file or an -mlongcall style
4673 indirect call to __tls_get_addr without a marker.
4674 Disable optimization in this case. */
4675 if ((tls_clear
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
)) != 0
4676 && !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
4677 && ((*tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
4678 != (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
)))
4681 if (expecting_tls_get_addr
== 1 + !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
)
4683 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
4686 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
4687 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC_PLTREL24
4688 || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC_PLTCALL
))
4689 addend
= rel
[1].r_addend
;
4690 ent
= find_plt_ent (&htab
->tls_get_addr
->plt
.plist
,
4692 if (ent
!= NULL
&& ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
4693 ent
->plt
.refcount
-= 1;
4700 /* We managed to get rid of a got entry. */
4705 *tls_mask
|= tls_set
;
4706 *tls_mask
&= ~tls_clear
;
4709 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4716 /* Return true if we have dynamic relocs against H or any of its weak
4717 aliases, that apply to read-only sections. Cannot be used after
4718 size_dynamic_sections. */
4721 alias_readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4723 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
4726 if (_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (&eh
->elf
))
4728 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (eh
->elf
.u
.alias
);
4729 } while (eh
!= NULL
&& &eh
->elf
!= h
);
4734 /* Return whether H has pc-relative dynamic relocs. */
4737 pc_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4739 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
4741 for (p
= h
->dyn_relocs
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
4742 if (p
->pc_count
!= 0)
4747 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
4748 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
4749 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
4750 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
4754 ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4755 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4757 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4761 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol called for %s\n",
4762 h
->root
.root
.string
);
4765 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
4766 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4767 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.dynobj
!= NULL
4769 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
4773 && !h
->def_regular
)));
4775 /* Deal with function syms. */
4776 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
4777 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
4780 bool local
= (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
4781 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
));
4782 /* Discard dyn_relocs when non-pic if we've decided that a
4783 function symbol is local. */
4784 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
) && local
)
4785 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
4787 /* Clear procedure linkage table information for any symbol that
4788 won't need a .plt entry. */
4789 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
4790 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
4791 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
4794 || (h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
4796 && (htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
4797 || (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
4798 & (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) != PLT_KEEP
)))
4800 /* A PLT entry is not required/allowed when:
4802 1. We are not using ld.so; because then the PLT entry
4803 can't be set up, so we can't use one. In this case,
4804 ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol won't even be called.
4806 2. GC has rendered the entry unused.
4808 3. We know for certain that a call to this symbol
4809 will go to this object, or will remain undefined. */
4810 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
4812 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 0;
4816 /* Taking a function's address in a read/write section
4817 doesn't require us to define the function symbol in the
4818 executable on a plt call stub. A dynamic reloc can
4819 be used instead, giving better runtime performance.
4820 (Calls via that function pointer don't need to bounce
4821 through the plt call stub.) Similarly, use a dynamic
4822 reloc for a weak reference when possible, allowing the
4823 resolution of the symbol to be set at load time rather
4825 if ((h
->pointer_equality_needed
4827 && !h
->ref_regular_nonweak
4828 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
)))
4829 && htab
->elf
.target_os
!= is_vxworks
4830 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
4831 && !_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (h
))
4833 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 0;
4834 /* If we haven't seen a branch reloc and the symbol
4835 isn't an ifunc then we don't need a plt entry. */
4836 if (!h
->needs_plt
&& h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
4837 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
4839 else if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
4840 /* We are going to be defining the function symbol on the
4841 plt stub, so no dyn_relocs needed when non-pic. */
4842 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
4844 h
->protected_def
= 0;
4845 /* Function symbols can't have copy relocs. */
4849 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
4851 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
4852 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
4853 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
4854 if (h
->is_weakalias
)
4856 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*def
= weakdef (h
);
4857 BFD_ASSERT (def
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
);
4858 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= def
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
4859 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= def
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
4860 if (def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynbss
4861 || def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
4862 || def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->dynsbss
)
4863 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
4867 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
4868 is not a function. */
4870 /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
4871 only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
4872 For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
4873 be handled correctly by relocate_section. */
4874 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
4876 h
->protected_def
= 0;
4880 /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
4881 GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc. */
4882 if (!h
->non_got_ref
)
4884 h
->protected_def
= 0;
4888 /* Protected variables do not work with .dynbss. The copy in
4889 .dynbss won't be used by the shared library with the protected
4890 definition for the variable. Editing to PIC, or text relocations
4891 are preferable to an incorrect program. */
4892 if (h
->protected_def
)
4894 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
4895 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_ha
4896 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_lo
4897 && htab
->params
->pic_fixup
== 0
4898 && info
->disable_target_specific_optimizations
<= 1)
4899 htab
->params
->pic_fixup
= 1;
4903 /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, we won't generate them either. */
4904 if (info
->nocopyreloc
)
4907 /* If we don't find any dynamic relocs in read-only sections, then
4908 we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding the copy reloc.
4909 We can't do this if there are any small data relocations. This
4910 doesn't work on VxWorks, where we can not have dynamic
4911 relocations (other than copy and jump slot relocations) in an
4913 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
4914 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
4915 && htab
->elf
.target_os
!= is_vxworks
4917 && !alias_readonly_dynrelocs (h
))
4920 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
4921 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
4922 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
4923 object will contain position independent code, so all references
4924 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
4925 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
4926 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
4927 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
4928 same memory location for the variable.
4930 Of course, if the symbol is referenced using SDAREL relocs, we
4931 must instead allocate it in .sbss. */
4932 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
)
4934 else if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
4935 s
= htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
;
4937 s
= htab
->elf
.sdynbss
;
4938 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
4940 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0 && h
->size
!= 0)
4944 /* We must generate a R_PPC_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic
4945 linker to copy the initial value out of the dynamic object
4946 and into the runtime process image. */
4947 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
)
4948 srel
= htab
->relsbss
;
4949 else if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
4950 srel
= htab
->elf
.sreldynrelro
;
4952 srel
= htab
->elf
.srelbss
;
4953 BFD_ASSERT (srel
!= NULL
);
4954 srel
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
4958 /* We no longer want dyn_relocs. */
4959 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
4960 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info
, h
, s
);
4963 /* Generate a symbol to mark plt call stubs. For non-PIC code the sym is
4964 xxxxxxxx.plt_call32.<callee> where xxxxxxxx is a hex number, usually 0,
4965 specifying the addend on the plt relocation. For -fpic code, the sym
4966 is xxxxxxxx.plt_pic32.<callee>, and for -fPIC
4967 xxxxxxxx.got2.plt_pic32.<callee>. */
4970 add_stub_sym (struct plt_entry
*ent
,
4971 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4972 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4974 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sh
;
4975 size_t len1
, len2
, len3
;
4978 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4980 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
4981 stub
= ".plt_pic32.";
4983 stub
= ".plt_call32.";
4985 len1
= strlen (h
->root
.root
.string
);
4986 len2
= strlen (stub
);
4989 len3
= strlen (ent
->sec
->name
);
4990 name
= bfd_malloc (len1
+ len2
+ len3
+ 9);
4993 sprintf (name
, "%08x", (unsigned) ent
->addend
& 0xffffffff);
4995 memcpy (name
+ 8, ent
->sec
->name
, len3
);
4996 memcpy (name
+ 8 + len3
, stub
, len2
);
4997 memcpy (name
+ 8 + len3
+ len2
, h
->root
.root
.string
, len1
+ 1);
4998 sh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, name
, true, false, false);
5001 if (sh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
5003 sh
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5004 sh
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->glink
;
5005 sh
->root
.u
.def
.value
= ent
->glink_offset
;
5006 sh
->ref_regular
= 1;
5007 sh
->def_regular
= 1;
5008 sh
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
5009 sh
->forced_local
= 1;
5011 sh
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
5016 /* Allocate NEED contiguous space in .got, and return the offset.
5017 Handles allocation of the got header when crossing 32k. */
5020 allocate_got (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
, unsigned int need
)
5023 unsigned int max_before_header
;
5025 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_VXWORKS
)
5027 where
= htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
;
5028 htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
+= need
;
5032 max_before_header
= htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
? 32768 : 32764;
5033 if (need
<= htab
->got_gap
)
5035 where
= max_before_header
- htab
->got_gap
;
5036 htab
->got_gap
-= need
;
5040 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
+ need
> max_before_header
5041 && htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
<= max_before_header
)
5043 htab
->got_gap
= max_before_header
- htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
;
5044 htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
= max_before_header
+ htab
->got_header_size
;
5046 where
= htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
;
5047 htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
+= need
;
5053 /* Calculate size of GOT entries for symbol given its TLS_MASK.
5054 TLS_LD is excluded because those go in a special GOT slot. */
5056 static inline unsigned int
5057 got_entries_needed (int tls_mask
)
5060 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) == 0)
5065 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
5067 if ((tls_mask
& (TLS_TPREL
| TLS_GDIE
)) != 0)
5069 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_DTPREL
) != 0)
5075 /* If H is undefined, make it dynamic if that makes sense. */
5078 ensure_undef_dynamic (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5079 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5081 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
5083 if (htab
->dynamic_sections_created
5084 && ((info
->dynamic_undefined_weak
!= 0
5085 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5086 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
5089 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
5090 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
5094 /* Choose whether to use htab->iplt or htab->pltlocal rather than the
5095 usual htab->elf.splt section for a PLT entry. */
5098 bool use_local_plt (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5099 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5103 || !elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
);
5106 /* Allocate space in associated reloc sections for dynamic relocs. */
5109 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
5111 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= inf
;
5112 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
5113 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5114 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
5116 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
5119 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
5120 eh
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5121 if (eh
->elf
.got
.refcount
> 0
5122 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
5123 && !eh
->elf
.def_regular
5124 && eh
->elf
.protected_def
5125 && eh
->has_addr16_ha
5126 && eh
->has_addr16_lo
5127 && htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0))
5131 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5132 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, &eh
->elf
))
5136 if ((eh
->tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)) == (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
5138 if (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &eh
->elf
))
5139 /* We'll just use htab->tlsld_got.offset. This should
5140 always be the case. It's a little odd if we have
5141 a local dynamic reloc against a non-local symbol. */
5142 htab
->tlsld_got
.refcount
+= 1;
5146 need
+= got_entries_needed (eh
->tls_mask
);
5148 eh
->elf
.got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5151 eh
->elf
.got
.offset
= allocate_got (htab
, need
);
5152 if (((bfd_link_pic (info
)
5153 && !((eh
->tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
5154 && bfd_link_executable (info
)
5155 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &eh
->elf
)))
5156 || (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
5157 && eh
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1
5158 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &eh
->elf
)))
5159 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, &eh
->elf
))
5163 need
*= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
) / 4;
5164 if ((eh
->tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)) == (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
5165 need
-= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5166 rsec
= htab
->elf
.srelgot
;
5167 if (eh
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5168 rsec
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5174 eh
->elf
.got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5176 /* If no dynamic sections we can't have dynamic relocs, except for
5177 IFUNCs which are handled even in static executables. */
5178 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
5179 && h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5180 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5182 /* Discard relocs on undefined symbols that must be local. */
5183 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
5184 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
5185 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5187 /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
5188 visibility, or when dynamic_undefined_weak says so. */
5189 else if (UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
5190 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5192 if (h
->dyn_relocs
== NULL
)
5195 /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
5196 dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be
5197 defined in regular objects. For the normal shared case, discard
5198 space for relocs that have become local due to symbol visibility
5200 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5202 /* Relocs that use pc_count are those that appear on a call insn,
5203 or certain REL relocs (see must_be_dyn_reloc) that can be
5204 generated via assembly. We want calls to protected symbols to
5205 resolve directly to the function rather than going via the plt.
5206 If people want function pointer comparisons to work as expected
5207 then they should avoid writing weird assembly. */
5208 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
))
5210 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
5212 for (pp
= &h
->dyn_relocs
; (p
= *pp
) != NULL
; )
5214 p
->count
-= p
->pc_count
;
5223 if (htab
->elf
.target_os
== is_vxworks
)
5225 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
5227 for (pp
= &h
->dyn_relocs
; (p
= *pp
) != NULL
; )
5229 if (strcmp (p
->sec
->output_section
->name
, ".tls_vars") == 0)
5236 if (h
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
5238 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5239 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
5243 else if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
)
5245 /* For the non-pic case, discard space for relocs against
5246 symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not
5248 if (h
->dynamic_adjusted
5250 && !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
)
5251 && !(h
->protected_def
5252 && eh
->has_addr16_ha
5253 && eh
->has_addr16_lo
5254 && htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0))
5256 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5257 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
5260 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5261 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5264 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5267 /* Allocate space. */
5268 for (p
= h
->dyn_relocs
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
5270 asection
*sreloc
= elf_section_data (p
->sec
)->sreloc
;
5271 if (eh
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5272 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5273 sreloc
->size
+= p
->count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5276 /* Handle PLT relocs. Done last, after dynindx has settled.
5277 We might need a PLT entry when the symbol
5280 c) has plt16 relocs and has been processed by adjust_dynamic_symbol, or
5281 d) has plt16 relocs and we are linking statically. */
5282 if ((htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
&& h
->dynindx
!= -1)
5283 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
5284 || (h
->needs_plt
&& h
->dynamic_adjusted
)
5287 && !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
5288 && !htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
5289 && (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
5290 & (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) == PLT_KEEP
))
5292 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
5293 bool doneone
= false;
5294 bfd_vma plt_offset
= 0, glink_offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5296 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
5297 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
5299 asection
*s
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
5300 bool dyn
= !use_local_plt (info
, h
);
5304 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5310 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
|| !dyn
)
5314 plt_offset
= s
->size
;
5317 ent
->plt
.offset
= plt_offset
;
5319 if (s
== htab
->pltlocal
)
5320 ent
->glink_offset
= glink_offset
;
5324 if (!doneone
|| bfd_link_pic (info
))
5326 glink_offset
= s
->size
;
5327 s
->size
+= GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
, h
);
5330 && !bfd_link_pic (info
)
5334 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
5335 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= glink_offset
;
5337 ent
->glink_offset
= glink_offset
;
5339 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
5340 && !add_stub_sym (ent
, h
, info
))
5348 /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room
5349 for the special first entry. */
5351 s
->size
+= htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
;
5353 /* The PowerPC PLT is actually composed of two
5354 parts, the first part is 2 words (for a load
5355 and a jump), and then there is a remaining
5356 word available at the end. */
5357 plt_offset
= (htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
5358 + (htab
->plt_slot_size
5360 - htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
)
5361 / htab
->plt_entry_size
)));
5363 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular
5364 file, and we are not generating a shared
5365 library, then set the symbol to this location
5366 in the .plt. This is to avoid text
5367 relocations, and is required to make
5368 function pointers compare as equal between
5369 the normal executable and the shared library. */
5370 if (! bfd_link_pic (info
)
5374 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
5375 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= plt_offset
;
5378 /* Make room for this entry. */
5379 s
->size
+= htab
->plt_entry_size
;
5380 /* After the 8192nd entry, room for two entries
5382 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
5383 && (s
->size
- htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
)
5384 / htab
->plt_entry_size
5385 > PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES
)
5386 s
->size
+= htab
->plt_entry_size
;
5388 ent
->plt
.offset
= plt_offset
;
5391 /* We also need to make an entry in the .rela.plt section. */
5396 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5398 s
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5399 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5401 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5403 s
= htab
->relpltlocal
;
5404 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5409 htab
->elf
.srelplt
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5411 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_VXWORKS
)
5413 /* Allocate space for the unloaded relocations. */
5414 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
5415 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
5418 == (bfd_vma
) htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
)
5420 htab
->srelplt2
->size
5421 += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)
5422 * VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS
);
5425 htab
->srelplt2
->size
5426 += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)
5427 * VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS
);
5430 /* Every PLT entry has an associated GOT entry in
5432 htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->size
+= 4;
5439 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5443 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
5449 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
5456 static const unsigned char glink_eh_frame_cie
[] =
5458 0, 0, 0, 16, /* length. */
5459 0, 0, 0, 0, /* id. */
5460 1, /* CIE version. */
5461 'z', 'R', 0, /* Augmentation string. */
5462 4, /* Code alignment. */
5463 0x7c, /* Data alignment. */
5465 1, /* Augmentation size. */
5466 DW_EH_PE_pcrel
| DW_EH_PE_sdata4
, /* FDE encoding. */
5467 DW_CFA_def_cfa
, 1, 0 /* def_cfa: r1 offset 0. */
5470 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
5473 ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
5474 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5476 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5482 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections called\n");
5485 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
5486 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.dynobj
!= NULL
);
5488 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5490 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
5491 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && !info
->nointerp
)
5493 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, ".interp");
5494 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
5495 s
->size
= sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER
;
5496 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER
;
5500 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
)
5501 htab
->got_header_size
= 16;
5502 else if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
)
5503 htab
->got_header_size
= 12;
5505 /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
5507 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
5509 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got
;
5510 bfd_signed_vma
*end_local_got
;
5511 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
5512 struct plt_entry
**end_local_plt
;
5514 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
5515 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5517 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd
))
5520 for (s
= ibfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5522 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
5524 for (p
= ((struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*)
5525 elf_section_data (s
)->local_dynrel
);
5529 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (p
->sec
)
5530 && bfd_is_abs_section (p
->sec
->output_section
))
5532 /* Input section has been discarded, either because
5533 it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
5534 linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
5537 else if (htab
->elf
.target_os
== is_vxworks
5538 && strcmp (p
->sec
->output_section
->name
,
5541 /* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are
5542 handled specially by the loader. */
5544 else if (p
->count
!= 0)
5546 asection
*sreloc
= elf_section_data (p
->sec
)->sreloc
;
5548 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5549 sreloc
->size
+= p
->count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5550 if ((p
->sec
->output_section
->flags
5551 & (SEC_READONLY
| SEC_ALLOC
))
5552 == (SEC_READONLY
| SEC_ALLOC
))
5554 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
5555 info
->callbacks
->minfo (_("%pB: dynamic relocation in read-only section `%pA'\n"),
5556 p
->sec
->owner
, p
->sec
);
5562 local_got
= elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd
);
5566 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
5567 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5568 end_local_got
= local_got
+ locsymcount
;
5569 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_local_got
;
5570 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
5571 lgot_masks
= (char *) end_local_plt
;
5573 for (; local_got
< end_local_got
; ++local_got
, ++lgot_masks
)
5577 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)) == (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
5578 htab
->tlsld_got
.refcount
+= 1;
5579 need
= got_entries_needed (*lgot_masks
);
5581 *local_got
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5584 *local_got
= allocate_got (htab
, need
);
5585 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
5586 && !((*lgot_masks
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
5587 && bfd_link_executable (info
)))
5591 need
*= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
) / 4;
5592 srel
= htab
->elf
.srelgot
;
5593 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
5594 srel
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5600 *local_got
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5602 if (htab
->elf
.target_os
== is_vxworks
)
5605 /* Allocate space for calls to local STT_GNU_IFUNC syms in .iplt. */
5606 lgot_masks
= (char *) end_local_plt
;
5607 for (; local_plt
< end_local_plt
; ++local_plt
, ++lgot_masks
)
5609 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
5610 bool doneone
= false;
5611 bfd_vma plt_offset
= 0, glink_offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5613 for (ent
= *local_plt
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
5614 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
5616 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
5618 else if (htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
5619 || (*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) != PLT_KEEP
)
5621 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5629 plt_offset
= s
->size
;
5632 ent
->plt
.offset
= plt_offset
;
5634 if (s
!= htab
->pltlocal
&& (!doneone
|| bfd_link_pic (info
)))
5637 glink_offset
= s
->size
;
5638 s
->size
+= GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
, NULL
);
5640 ent
->glink_offset
= glink_offset
;
5644 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
5646 s
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5647 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5649 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5651 s
= htab
->relpltlocal
;
5652 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5658 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5662 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
5663 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), allocate_dynrelocs
, info
);
5665 if (htab
->tlsld_got
.refcount
> 0)
5667 htab
->tlsld_got
.offset
= allocate_got (htab
, 8);
5668 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
5669 htab
->elf
.srelgot
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5672 htab
->tlsld_got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5674 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
!= NULL
&& htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_VXWORKS
)
5676 unsigned int g_o_t
= 32768;
5678 /* If we haven't allocated the header, do so now. When we get here,
5679 for old plt/got the got size will be 0 to 32764 (not allocated),
5680 or 32780 to 65536 (header allocated). For new plt/got, the
5681 corresponding ranges are 0 to 32768 and 32780 to 65536. */
5682 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
<= 32768)
5684 g_o_t
= htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
;
5685 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
)
5687 htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
+= htab
->got_header_size
;
5690 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
= g_o_t
;
5692 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5694 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
5696 sda
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
5697 sda
->root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5699 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
5701 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
5703 if (sda
!= NULL
&& sda
->ref_regular
)
5704 sda
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5705 sda
= htab
->sdata
[1].sym
;
5706 if (sda
!= NULL
&& sda
->ref_regular
)
5707 sda
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5710 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
5711 && htab
->glink
->size
!= 0
5712 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
5714 htab
->glink_pltresolve
= htab
->glink
->size
;
5715 /* Space for the branch table. */
5717 += htab
->elf
.srelplt
->size
/ (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
) / 4) - 4;
5718 /* Pad out to align the start of PLTresolve. */
5719 htab
->glink
->size
+= -htab
->glink
->size
& (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
5721 htab
->glink
->size
+= GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
;
5723 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
)
5725 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sh
;
5726 sh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__glink",
5727 true, false, false);
5730 if (sh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
5732 sh
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5733 sh
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->glink
;
5734 sh
->root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->glink_pltresolve
;
5735 sh
->ref_regular
= 1;
5736 sh
->def_regular
= 1;
5737 sh
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
5738 sh
->forced_local
= 1;
5740 sh
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
5742 sh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__glink_PLTresolve",
5743 true, false, false);
5746 if (sh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
5748 sh
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5749 sh
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->glink
;
5750 sh
->root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
;
5751 sh
->ref_regular
= 1;
5752 sh
->def_regular
= 1;
5753 sh
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
5754 sh
->forced_local
= 1;
5756 sh
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
5761 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
5762 && htab
->glink
->size
!= 0
5763 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
5764 && !bfd_is_abs_section (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
)
5765 && _bfd_elf_eh_frame_present (info
))
5767 s
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
;
5768 s
->size
= sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) + 20;
5769 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5772 if (htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
+ 8 >= 256)
5777 /* We've now determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
5778 Allocate memory for them. */
5780 for (s
= htab
->elf
.dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5782 bool strip_section
= true;
5784 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
5787 if (s
== htab
->elf
.splt
5788 || s
== htab
->elf
.sgot
)
5790 /* We'd like to strip these sections if they aren't needed, but if
5791 we've exported dynamic symbols from them we must leave them.
5792 It's too late to tell BFD to get rid of the symbols. */
5793 if (htab
->elf
.hplt
!= NULL
)
5794 strip_section
= false;
5795 /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
5798 else if (s
== htab
->elf
.iplt
5799 || s
== htab
->pltlocal
5801 || s
== htab
->glink_eh_frame
5802 || s
== htab
->elf
.sgotplt
5804 || s
== htab
->elf
.sdynbss
5805 || s
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
5806 || s
== htab
->dynsbss
)
5808 /* Strip these too. */
5810 else if (s
== htab
->sdata
[0].section
5811 || s
== htab
->sdata
[1].section
)
5813 strip_section
= (s
->flags
& SEC_KEEP
) == 0;
5815 else if (startswith (bfd_section_name (s
), ".rela"))
5819 /* Remember whether there are any relocation sections. */
5822 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
5823 to copy relocs into the output file. */
5829 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
5833 if (s
->size
== 0 && strip_section
)
5835 /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
5836 output file. This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
5837 .rela.plt. We must create both sections in
5838 create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
5839 before the linker maps input sections to output
5840 sections. The linker does that before
5841 adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
5842 function which decides whether anything needs to go
5843 into these sections. */
5844 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
5848 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
5851 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
5852 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, s
->size
);
5853 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
5857 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
5859 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
5860 values later, in ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
5861 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
5862 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
5863 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
5864 #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
5865 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
5867 if (!_bfd_elf_maybe_vxworks_add_dynamic_tags (output_bfd
, info
,
5871 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
5872 && htab
->glink
!= NULL
5873 && htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
5875 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_GOT
, 0))
5877 if (!htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
5878 && htab
->tls_get_addr
!= NULL
5879 && htab
->tls_get_addr
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
5880 && !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_OPT
, PPC_OPT_TLS
))
5884 #undef add_dynamic_entry
5886 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
5887 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
!= NULL
)
5889 unsigned char *p
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
5892 memcpy (p
, glink_eh_frame_cie
, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
));
5893 /* CIE length (rewrite in case little-endian). */
5894 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) - 4, p
);
5895 p
+= sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
);
5897 val
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
- 4 - sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
);
5898 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
5901 val
= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
5902 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
5904 /* Offset to .glink. Set later. */
5907 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, htab
->glink
->size
, p
);
5912 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
5913 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
5915 bfd_vma adv
= (htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
+ 8) >> 2;
5917 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ adv
;
5920 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc1
;
5923 else if (adv
< 65536)
5925 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc2
;
5926 bfd_put_16 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, adv
, p
);
5931 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc4
;
5932 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, adv
, p
);
5935 *p
++ = DW_CFA_register
;
5938 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 4;
5939 *p
++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended
;
5942 BFD_ASSERT ((bfd_vma
) ((p
+ 3 - htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
) & -4)
5943 == htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
);
5949 /* Arrange to have _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_ stripped from the output
5950 if it looks like nothing is using them. */
5953 maybe_strip_sdasym (bfd
*output_bfd
, elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
)
5955 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= lsect
->sym
;
5957 if (sda
!= NULL
&& !sda
->ref_regular
&& sda
->dynindx
== -1)
5961 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, lsect
->name
);
5962 if (s
== NULL
|| bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd
, s
))
5964 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, lsect
->bss_name
);
5965 if (s
== NULL
|| bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd
, s
))
5967 sda
->def_regular
= 0;
5968 /* This is somewhat magic. See elf_link_output_extsym. */
5969 sda
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
5970 sda
->forced_local
= 0;
5977 ppc_elf_maybe_strip_sdata_syms (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5979 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
5983 maybe_strip_sdasym (info
->output_bfd
, &htab
->sdata
[0]);
5984 maybe_strip_sdasym (info
->output_bfd
, &htab
->sdata
[1]);
5989 /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */
5992 ppc_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5994 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
5996 && (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
5997 || !h
->ref_regular_nonweak
))
6000 return _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (h
);
6003 #define ARRAY_SIZE(a) (sizeof (a) / sizeof ((a)[0]))
6005 /* Relaxation trampolines. r12 is available for clobbering (r11, is
6006 used for some functions that are allowed to break the ABI). */
6007 static const int shared_stub_entry
[] =
6009 0x7c0802a6, /* mflr 0 */
6010 0x429f0005, /* bcl 20, 31, .Lxxx */
6011 0x7d8802a6, /* mflr 12 */
6012 0x3d8c0000, /* addis 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@ha */
6013 0x398c0000, /* addi 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@l */
6014 0x7c0803a6, /* mtlr 0 */
6015 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */
6016 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
6019 static const int stub_entry
[] =
6021 0x3d800000, /* lis 12,xxx@ha */
6022 0x398c0000, /* addi 12,12,xxx@l */
6023 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */
6024 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
6027 struct ppc_elf_relax_info
6029 unsigned int workaround_size
;
6030 unsigned int picfixup_size
;
6033 /* This function implements long branch trampolines, and the ppc476
6034 icache bug workaround. Any section needing trampolines or patch
6035 space for the workaround has its size extended so that we can
6036 add trampolines at the end of the section. */
6039 ppc_elf_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
,
6041 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
6044 struct one_branch_fixup
6046 struct one_branch_fixup
*next
;
6048 /* Final link, can use the symbol offset. For a
6049 relocatable link we use the symbol's index. */
6054 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6055 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
6056 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
6057 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
= NULL
;
6058 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
= NULL
;
6059 struct one_branch_fixup
*branch_fixups
= NULL
;
6060 struct ppc_elf_relax_info
*relax_info
= NULL
;
6061 unsigned changes
= 0;
6062 bool workaround_change
;
6063 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6064 bfd_size_type trampbase
, trampoff
, newsize
, picfixup_size
;
6070 /* No need to do anything with non-alloc or non-code sections. */
6071 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
6072 || (isec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0
6073 || (isec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0
6077 /* We cannot represent the required PIC relocs in the output, so don't
6078 do anything. The linker doesn't support mixing -shared and -r
6080 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
) && bfd_link_pic (link_info
))
6083 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (link_info
);
6087 isec
->size
= (isec
->size
+ 3) & -4;
6088 if (isec
->rawsize
== 0)
6089 isec
->rawsize
= isec
->size
;
6090 trampbase
= isec
->size
;
6092 BFD_ASSERT (isec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_NONE
6093 || isec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
);
6094 isec
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
;
6096 if (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
6097 || htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
6099 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
== NULL
)
6101 elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
6102 = bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct ppc_elf_relax_info
));
6103 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
== NULL
)
6106 relax_info
= elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
;
6107 trampbase
-= relax_info
->workaround_size
;
6110 maybe_pasted
= (strcmp (isec
->output_section
->name
, ".init") == 0
6111 || strcmp (isec
->output_section
->name
, ".fini") == 0);
6112 /* Space for a branch around any trampolines. */
6113 trampoff
= trampbase
;
6114 if (maybe_pasted
&& trampbase
== isec
->rawsize
)
6117 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
6119 if (htab
->params
->branch_trampolines
6120 || htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
6122 /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */
6123 if (isec
->reloc_count
!= 0)
6125 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, isec
, NULL
, NULL
,
6126 link_info
->keep_memory
);
6127 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
6131 got2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got2");
6133 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ isec
->reloc_count
;
6134 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
6136 unsigned long r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
);
6139 struct one_branch_fixup
*f
;
6140 size_t insn_offset
= 0;
6141 bfd_vma max_branch_offset
= 0, val
;
6144 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6145 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
6146 struct plt_entry
**plist
;
6147 unsigned char sym_type
;
6152 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
:
6153 case R_PPC_PLTREL24
:
6155 max_branch_offset
= 1 << 25;
6159 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
6160 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
6161 max_branch_offset
= 1 << 15;
6164 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
:
6165 if (htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
6173 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
6174 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &isym
, &tsec
, NULL
, &isymbuf
,
6175 ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
), abfd
))
6182 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
6183 tsec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
6187 toff
= isym
->st_value
;
6188 sym_type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
);
6193 toff
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6194 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6195 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6199 indx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
) - symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
6200 tsec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
6201 toff
= bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
) ? indx
: 0;
6206 /* If this branch is to __tls_get_addr then we may later
6207 optimise away the call. We won't be needing a long-
6208 branch stub in that case. */
6209 if (bfd_link_executable (link_info
)
6210 && h
== htab
->tls_get_addr
6211 && irel
!= internal_relocs
)
6213 unsigned long t_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[-1].r_info
);
6214 unsigned long t_rtype
= ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[-1].r_info
);
6215 unsigned int tls_mask
= 0;
6217 /* The previous reloc should be one of R_PPC_TLSGD or
6218 R_PPC_TLSLD, or for older object files, a reloc
6219 on the __tls_get_addr arg setup insn. Get tls
6220 mask bits from the symbol on that reloc. */
6221 if (t_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
6223 bfd_vma
*local_got_offsets
= elf_local_got_offsets (abfd
);
6225 if (local_got_offsets
!= NULL
)
6227 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
6228 (local_got_offsets
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6229 char *lgot_masks
= (char *)
6230 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6231 tls_mask
= lgot_masks
[t_symndx
];
6236 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*th
6237 = elf_sym_hashes (abfd
)[t_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
6239 while (th
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
6240 || th
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
6241 th
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) th
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
6244 = ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) th
)->tls_mask
;
6247 /* The mask bits tell us if the call will be
6249 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0
6250 && (t_rtype
== R_PPC_TLSGD
6251 || t_rtype
== R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
6252 || t_rtype
== R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
))
6254 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0
6255 && (t_rtype
== R_PPC_TLSLD
6256 || t_rtype
== R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
6257 || t_rtype
== R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
))
6264 if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
)
6269 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_ha
6270 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_lo
)
6271 picfixup_size
+= 12;
6275 /* The condition here under which we call find_plt_ent must
6276 match that in relocate_section. If we call find_plt_ent here
6277 but not in relocate_section, or vice versa, then the branch
6278 destination used here may be incorrect. */
6282 /* We know is_branch_reloc (r_type) is true. */
6283 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
6284 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6285 plist
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
6287 else if (sym_type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
6288 && elf_local_got_offsets (abfd
) != NULL
)
6290 bfd_vma
*local_got_offsets
= elf_local_got_offsets (abfd
);
6291 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
6292 (local_got_offsets
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6293 plist
= local_plt
+ ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
);
6298 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
6300 if (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
&& bfd_link_pic (link_info
))
6301 addend
= irel
->r_addend
;
6302 ent
= find_plt_ent (plist
, got2
, addend
);
6305 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
6307 || !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
6308 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
6311 toff
= ent
->glink_offset
;
6315 tsec
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
6316 toff
= ent
->plt
.offset
;
6321 /* If the branch and target are in the same section, you have
6322 no hope of adding stubs. We'll error out later should the
6327 /* toff is used for the symbol index when the symbol is
6328 undefined and we're doing a relocatable link, so we can't
6329 support addends. It would be possible to do so by
6330 putting the addend in one_branch_fixup but addends on
6331 branches are rare so it hardly seems worth supporting. */
6332 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6333 && tsec
== bfd_und_section_ptr
6334 && r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
6335 && irel
->r_addend
!= 0)
6338 /* There probably isn't any reason to handle symbols in
6339 SEC_MERGE sections; SEC_MERGE doesn't seem a likely
6340 attribute for a code section, and we are only looking at
6341 branches. However, implement it correctly here as a
6342 reference for other target relax_section functions. */
6343 if (0 && tsec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
6345 /* At this stage in linking, no SEC_MERGE symbol has been
6346 adjusted, so all references to such symbols need to be
6347 passed through _bfd_merged_section_offset. (Later, in
6348 relocate_section, all SEC_MERGE symbols *except* for
6349 section symbols have been adjusted.)
6351 gas may reduce relocations against symbols in SEC_MERGE
6352 sections to a relocation against the section symbol when
6353 the original addend was zero. When the reloc is against
6354 a section symbol we should include the addend in the
6355 offset passed to _bfd_merged_section_offset, since the
6356 location of interest is the original symbol. On the
6357 other hand, an access to "sym+addend" where "sym" is not
6358 a section symbol should not include the addend; Such an
6359 access is presumed to be an offset from "sym"; The
6360 location of interest is just "sym". */
6361 if (sym_type
== STT_SECTION
6362 && r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6363 toff
+= irel
->r_addend
;
6366 = _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, &tsec
,
6367 elf_section_data (tsec
)->sec_info
,
6370 if (sym_type
!= STT_SECTION
6371 && r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6372 toff
+= irel
->r_addend
;
6374 /* PLTREL24 addends are special. */
6375 else if (r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6376 toff
+= irel
->r_addend
;
6378 /* Attempted -shared link of non-pic code loses. */
6379 if ((!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6380 && tsec
== bfd_und_section_ptr
)
6381 || tsec
->output_section
== NULL
6382 || (tsec
->owner
!= NULL
6383 && (tsec
->owner
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0))
6386 roff
= irel
->r_offset
;
6388 /* Avoid creating a lot of unnecessary fixups when
6389 relocatable if the output section size is such that a
6390 fixup can be created at final link.
6391 The max_branch_offset adjustment allows for some number
6392 of other fixups being needed at final link. */
6393 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6394 && (isec
->output_section
->rawsize
- (isec
->output_offset
+ roff
)
6395 < max_branch_offset
- (max_branch_offset
>> 4)))
6398 /* If the branch is in range, no need to do anything. */
6399 if (tsec
!= bfd_und_section_ptr
6400 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6401 /* A relocatable link may have sections moved during
6402 final link, so do not presume they remain in range. */
6403 || tsec
->output_section
== isec
->output_section
))
6405 bfd_vma symaddr
, reladdr
;
6407 symaddr
= tsec
->output_section
->vma
+ tsec
->output_offset
+ toff
;
6408 reladdr
= isec
->output_section
->vma
+ isec
->output_offset
+ roff
;
6409 if (symaddr
- reladdr
+ max_branch_offset
6410 < 2 * max_branch_offset
)
6414 /* Look for an existing fixup to this address. */
6415 for (f
= branch_fixups
; f
; f
= f
->next
)
6416 if (f
->tsec
== tsec
&& f
->toff
== toff
)
6422 unsigned long stub_rtype
;
6424 val
= trampoff
- roff
;
6425 if (val
>= max_branch_offset
)
6426 /* Oh dear, we can't reach a trampoline. Don't try to add
6427 one. We'll report an error later. */
6430 if (bfd_link_pic (link_info
))
6432 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry
);
6437 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry
);
6440 stub_rtype
= R_PPC_RELAX
;
6441 if (tsec
== htab
->elf
.splt
6442 || tsec
== htab
->glink
)
6444 stub_rtype
= R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
;
6445 if (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6446 stub_rtype
= R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
;
6449 /* Hijack the old relocation. Since we need two
6450 relocations for this use a "composite" reloc. */
6451 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
),
6453 irel
->r_offset
= trampoff
+ insn_offset
;
6454 if (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
6455 && stub_rtype
!= R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
)
6458 /* Record the fixup so we don't do it again this section. */
6459 f
= bfd_malloc (sizeof (*f
));
6460 f
->next
= branch_fixups
;
6463 f
->trampoff
= trampoff
;
6471 val
= f
->trampoff
- roff
;
6472 if (val
>= max_branch_offset
)
6475 /* Nop out the reloc, since we're finalizing things here. */
6476 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_NONE
);
6479 /* Get the section contents. */
6480 if (contents
== NULL
)
6482 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
6483 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
6484 contents
= elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
6485 /* Go get them off disk. */
6486 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, isec
, &contents
))
6490 /* Fix up the existing branch to hit the trampoline. */
6491 hit_addr
= contents
+ roff
;
6495 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
:
6496 case R_PPC_PLTREL24
:
6497 t0
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, hit_addr
);
6499 t0
|= val
& 0x3fffffc;
6500 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, t0
, hit_addr
);
6504 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
6505 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
6506 t0
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, hit_addr
);
6509 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, t0
, hit_addr
);
6514 while (branch_fixups
!= NULL
)
6516 struct one_branch_fixup
*f
= branch_fixups
;
6517 branch_fixups
= branch_fixups
->next
;
6522 workaround_change
= false;
6524 if (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
6525 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6526 || isec
->output_section
->alignment_power
>= htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
))
6528 bfd_vma addr
, end_addr
;
6529 unsigned int crossings
;
6530 bfd_vma pagesize
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
;
6532 addr
= isec
->output_section
->vma
+ isec
->output_offset
;
6533 end_addr
= addr
+ trampoff
;
6535 crossings
= ((end_addr
& -pagesize
) - addr
) >> htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
;
6538 /* Keep space aligned, to ensure the patch code itself does
6539 not cross a page. Don't decrease size calculated on a
6540 previous pass as otherwise we might never settle on a layout. */
6541 newsize
= 15 - ((end_addr
- 1) & 15);
6542 newsize
+= crossings
* 16;
6543 if (relax_info
->workaround_size
< newsize
)
6545 relax_info
->workaround_size
= newsize
;
6546 workaround_change
= true;
6548 /* Ensure relocate_section is called. */
6549 isec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
6551 newsize
= trampoff
+ relax_info
->workaround_size
;
6554 if (htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
6556 picfixup_size
-= relax_info
->picfixup_size
;
6557 if (picfixup_size
!= 0)
6558 relax_info
->picfixup_size
+= picfixup_size
;
6559 newsize
+= relax_info
->picfixup_size
;
6562 if (changes
!= 0 || picfixup_size
!= 0 || workaround_change
)
6563 isec
->size
= newsize
;
6566 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
)
6568 if (! link_info
->keep_memory
)
6572 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
6573 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
;
6577 if (contents
!= NULL
6578 && elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
6580 if (!changes
&& !link_info
->keep_memory
)
6584 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
6585 elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
6589 changes
+= picfixup_size
;
6592 /* Append sufficient NOP relocs so we can write out relocation
6593 information for the trampolines. */
6594 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
6595 Elf_Internal_Rela
*new_relocs
= bfd_malloc ((changes
+ isec
->reloc_count
)
6596 * sizeof (*new_relocs
));
6601 memcpy (new_relocs
, internal_relocs
,
6602 isec
->reloc_count
* sizeof (*new_relocs
));
6603 for (ix
= changes
; ix
--;)
6605 irel
= new_relocs
+ ix
+ isec
->reloc_count
;
6607 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_NONE
);
6609 if (internal_relocs
!= elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
)
6610 free (internal_relocs
);
6611 elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
= new_relocs
;
6612 isec
->reloc_count
+= changes
;
6613 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (isec
);
6614 rel_hdr
->sh_size
+= changes
* rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
6616 else if (elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
6617 free (internal_relocs
);
6619 *again
= changes
!= 0 || workaround_change
;
6623 while (branch_fixups
!= NULL
)
6625 struct one_branch_fixup
*f
= branch_fixups
;
6626 branch_fixups
= branch_fixups
->next
;
6629 if ((unsigned char *) isymbuf
!= symtab_hdr
->contents
)
6631 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
6633 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
6634 free (internal_relocs
);
6638 /* What to do when ld finds relocations against symbols defined in
6639 discarded sections. */
6642 ppc_elf_action_discarded (asection
*sec
)
6644 if (strcmp (".fixup", sec
->name
) == 0)
6647 if (strcmp (".got2", sec
->name
) == 0)
6650 return _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (sec
);
6653 /* Fill in the address for a pointer generated in a linker section. */
6656 elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (bfd
*input_bfd
,
6657 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
,
6658 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6660 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
6662 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*linker_section_ptr
;
6664 BFD_ASSERT (lsect
!= NULL
);
6668 /* Handle global symbol. */
6669 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
6671 eh
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6672 BFD_ASSERT (eh
->elf
.def_regular
);
6673 linker_section_ptr
= eh
->linker_section_pointer
;
6677 /* Handle local symbol. */
6678 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
6680 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (input_bfd
));
6681 BFD_ASSERT (elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd
) != NULL
);
6682 linker_section_ptr
= elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd
)[r_symndx
];
6685 linker_section_ptr
= elf_find_pointer_linker_section (linker_section_ptr
,
6688 BFD_ASSERT (linker_section_ptr
!= NULL
);
6690 /* Offset will always be a multiple of four, so use the bottom bit
6691 as a "written" flag. */
6692 if ((linker_section_ptr
->offset
& 1) == 0)
6694 bfd_put_32 (lsect
->section
->owner
,
6695 relocation
+ linker_section_ptr
->addend
,
6696 lsect
->section
->contents
+ linker_section_ptr
->offset
);
6697 linker_section_ptr
->offset
+= 1;
6700 relocation
= (lsect
->section
->output_section
->vma
6701 + lsect
->section
->output_offset
6702 + linker_section_ptr
->offset
- 1
6703 - SYM_VAL (lsect
->sym
));
6707 "Finish pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld (0x%lx)\n",
6708 lsect
->name
, (long) relocation
, (long) relocation
);
6714 #define PPC_LO(v) ((v) & 0xffff)
6715 #define PPC_HI(v) (((v) >> 16) & 0xffff)
6716 #define PPC_HA(v) PPC_HI ((v) + 0x8000)
6719 write_glink_stub (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, struct plt_entry
*ent
,
6720 asection
*plt_sec
, unsigned char *p
,
6721 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6723 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
6724 bfd
*output_bfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
6726 unsigned char *end
= p
+ GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
, h
);
6729 && h
== htab
->tls_get_addr
6730 && !htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
)
6732 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_11_3
, p
);
6734 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_3
+ 4, p
);
6736 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MR_0_3
, p
);
6738 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, CMPWI_11_0
, p
);
6740 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADD_3_12_2
, p
);
6742 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, BEQLR
, p
);
6744 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MR_3_0
, p
);
6746 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
6750 plt
= ((ent
->plt
.offset
& ~1)
6751 + plt_sec
->output_section
->vma
6752 + plt_sec
->output_offset
);
6754 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
6758 if (ent
->addend
>= 32768)
6760 + ent
->sec
->output_section
->vma
6761 + ent
->sec
->output_offset
);
6762 else if (htab
->elf
.hgot
!= NULL
)
6763 got
= SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
6767 if (plt
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
6768 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_11_30
+ PPC_LO (plt
), p
);
6771 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDIS_11_30
+ PPC_HA (plt
), p
);
6773 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_11_11
+ PPC_LO (plt
), p
);
6778 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LIS_11
+ PPC_HA (plt
), p
);
6780 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_11_11
+ PPC_LO (plt
), p
);
6783 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MTCTR_11
, p
);
6785 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, BCTR
, p
);
6789 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
? BA
: NOP
, p
);
6794 /* Return true if symbol is defined statically. */
6797 is_static_defined (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6799 return ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6800 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6801 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= NULL
6802 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
!= NULL
);
6805 /* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tls operand, return
6806 the transformed insn for TLS optimisation, otherwise return 0. If
6807 REG is non-zero only match an insn with RB or RA equal to REG. */
6810 _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (unsigned int insn
, unsigned int reg
)
6814 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) != 31 << 26)
6817 if (reg
== 0 || ((insn
>> 11) & 0x1f) == reg
)
6818 rtra
= insn
& ((1 << 26) - (1 << 16));
6819 else if (((insn
>> 16) & 0x1f) == reg
)
6820 rtra
= (insn
& (0x1f << 21)) | ((insn
& (0x1f << 11)) << 5);
6824 if ((insn
& (0x3ff << 1)) == 266 << 1)
6827 else if ((insn
& (0x1f << 1)) == 23 << 1
6828 && ((insn
& (0x1f << 6)) < 14 << 6
6829 || ((insn
& (0x1f << 6)) >= 16 << 6
6830 && (insn
& (0x1f << 6)) < 24 << 6)))
6831 /* load and store indexed -> dform. */
6832 insn
= (32u | ((insn
>> 6) & 0x1f)) << 26;
6833 else if ((insn
& (((0x1a << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 21 << 1)
6834 /* ldx, ldux, stdx, stdux -> ld, ldu, std, stdu. */
6835 insn
= ((58u | ((insn
>> 6) & 4)) << 26) | ((insn
>> 6) & 1);
6836 else if ((insn
& (((0x1f << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 341 << 1)
6838 insn
= (58u << 26) | 2;
6845 /* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tprel operand, return
6846 the transformed insn for an undefined weak symbol, ie. with the
6847 thread pointer REG operand removed. Otherwise return 0. */
6850 _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (unsigned int insn
, unsigned int reg
)
6852 if ((insn
& (0x1f << 16)) == reg
<< 16
6853 && ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */
6854 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 15u << 26 /* addis */
6855 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */
6856 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */
6857 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */
6858 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */
6859 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */
6860 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */
6861 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */
6862 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */
6863 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */
6864 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */
6865 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */
6866 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */
6867 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */
6868 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 58u << 26 /* lwa,ld,lmd */
6870 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std, stmd */
6871 && ((insn
& 3) == 0 || (insn
& 3) == 3))))
6873 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
6875 else if ((insn
& (0x1f << 21)) == reg
<< 21
6876 && ((insn
& (0x3eu
<< 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori, oris */
6877 || (insn
& (0x3eu
<< 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori,xoris */
6878 || (insn
& (0x3eu
<< 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi,andis */))
6880 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 21);
6881 insn
|= (insn
& (0x1f << 16)) << 5;
6882 if ((insn
& (0x3eu
<< 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori,xoris */)
6883 insn
-= 2 >> 26; /* convert to ori,oris */
6891 is_insn_ds_form (unsigned int insn
)
6893 return ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 58u << 26 /* ld,ldu,lwa */
6894 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std,stdu,stq */
6895 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 57u << 26 /* lfdp */
6896 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 61u << 26 /* stfdp */);
6900 is_insn_dq_form (unsigned int insn
)
6902 return ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 56u << 26 /* lq */
6903 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (61u << 26) /* lxv, stxv */
6904 && (insn
& 3) == 1));
6907 /* The RELOCATE_SECTION function is called by the ELF backend linker
6908 to handle the relocations for a section.
6910 The relocs are always passed as Rela structures; if the section
6911 actually uses Rel structures, the r_addend field will always be
6914 This function is responsible for adjust the section contents as
6915 necessary, and (if using Rela relocs and generating a
6916 relocatable output file) adjusting the reloc addend as
6919 This function does not have to worry about setting the reloc
6920 address or the reloc symbol index.
6922 LOCAL_SYMS is a pointer to the swapped in local symbols.
6924 LOCAL_SECTIONS is an array giving the section in the input file
6925 corresponding to the st_shndx field of each local symbol.
6927 The global hash table entry for the global symbols can be found
6928 via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
6930 When generating relocatable output, this function must handle
6931 STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The output symbol is
6932 going to be the section symbol corresponding to the output
6933 section, which means that the addend must be adjusted
6937 ppc_elf_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6938 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6940 asection
*input_section
,
6942 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
6943 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
6944 asection
**local_sections
)
6946 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6947 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
6948 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6949 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
6950 Elf_Internal_Rela
*wrel
;
6951 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
6952 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
6954 bfd_vma
*local_got_offsets
;
6956 bfd_vma d_offset
= (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
) ? 2 : 0);
6957 bool is_vxworks_tls
;
6958 unsigned int picfixup_size
= 0;
6959 struct ppc_elf_relax_info
*relax_info
= NULL
;
6962 _bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_relocate_section called for %pB section %pA, "
6963 "%ld relocations%s",
6964 input_bfd
, input_section
,
6965 (long) input_section
->reloc_count
,
6966 (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)) ? " (relocatable)" : "");
6969 if (!is_ppc_elf (input_bfd
))
6971 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
6975 got2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (input_bfd
, ".got2");
6977 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
6978 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_ADDR32
])
6979 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
6981 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
6982 local_got_offsets
= elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd
);
6983 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd
);
6984 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
);
6985 /* We have to handle relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections
6986 specially, because the dynamic loader is 'weird'. */
6987 is_vxworks_tls
= (htab
->elf
.target_os
== is_vxworks
&& bfd_link_pic (info
)
6988 && !strcmp (input_section
->output_section
->name
,
6990 if (input_section
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
)
6991 relax_info
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->sec_info
;
6992 rel
= wrel
= relocs
;
6993 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
;
6994 for (; rel
< relend
; wrel
++, rel
++)
6996 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
6998 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
6999 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7001 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7002 const char *sym_name
;
7003 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
7004 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7006 bfd_vma branch_bit
, from
;
7007 bool unresolved_reloc
, save_unresolved_reloc
;
7009 unsigned int tls_type
, tls_mask
, tls_gd
;
7010 struct plt_entry
**ifunc
, **plt_list
;
7011 struct reloc_howto_struct alt_howto
;
7014 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
7018 unresolved_reloc
= false;
7020 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7022 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
7024 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
7025 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
7026 sym_name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
, sym
, sec
);
7028 relocation
= _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, rel
);
7034 RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
,
7035 r_symndx
, symtab_hdr
, sym_hashes
,
7037 unresolved_reloc
, warned
, ignored
);
7039 sym_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
7042 if (sec
!= NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
7044 /* For relocs against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
7045 or sections discarded by a linker script, we just want the
7046 section contents zeroed. Avoid any special processing. */
7048 if (r_type
< R_PPC_max
)
7049 howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
7051 _bfd_clear_contents (howto
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
7052 contents
, rel
->r_offset
);
7053 wrel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
7057 /* For ld -r, remove relocations in debug sections against
7058 symbols defined in discarded sections. Not done for
7059 non-debug to preserve relocs in .eh_frame which the
7060 eh_frame editing code expects to be present. */
7061 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
7062 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
))
7068 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
7071 && r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
7072 && rel
->r_addend
!= 0)
7074 /* R_PPC_PLTREL24 is rather special. If non-zero, the
7075 addend specifies the GOT pointer offset within .got2. */
7076 rel
->r_addend
+= got2
->output_offset
;
7078 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
7079 && r_type
!= R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
7080 && r_type
!= R_PPC_RELAX
)
7084 /* TLS optimizations. Replace instruction sequences and relocs
7085 based on information we collected in tls_optimize. We edit
7086 RELOCS so that --emit-relocs will output something sensible
7087 for the final instruction stream. */
7091 tls_mask
= ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->tls_mask
;
7092 else if (local_got_offsets
!= NULL
)
7094 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
7097 = (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_offsets
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
7098 lgot_masks
= (char *) (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
7099 tls_mask
= lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
7102 /* Ensure reloc mapping code below stays sane. */
7103 if ((R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)
7104 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
& 3)
7105 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
& 3)
7106 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
& 3)
7107 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
& 3)
7108 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
& 3)
7109 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
& 3)
7110 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
& 3))
7117 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
7118 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
7119 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
7120 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
7124 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7125 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7127 insn
|= 0x3c020000; /* addis 0,2,0 */
7128 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
,
7129 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7130 r_type
= R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
;
7131 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7136 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
7137 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
7141 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7142 insn
= _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (insn
, 2);
7145 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7146 r_type
= R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
;
7147 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7149 /* Was PPC_TLS which sits on insn boundary, now
7150 PPC_TPREL16_LO which is at low-order half-word. */
7151 rel
->r_offset
+= d_offset
;
7155 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
7156 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
7158 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
7162 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
7163 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
7164 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
7167 if ((tls_mask
& tls_gd
) != 0)
7168 r_type
= (((r_type
- (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)) & 3)
7169 + R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
);
7172 rel
->r_offset
-= d_offset
;
7173 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7174 r_type
= R_PPC_NONE
;
7176 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7180 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
7181 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
7183 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
7187 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
7188 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
7189 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
7191 unsigned int insn1
, insn2
;
7195 offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
7196 /* If not using the newer R_PPC_TLSGD/LD to mark
7197 __tls_get_addr calls, we must trust that the call
7198 stays with its arg setup insns, ie. that the next
7199 reloc is the __tls_get_addr call associated with
7200 the current reloc. Edit both insns. */
7201 if (input_section
->nomark_tls_get_addr
7203 && branch_reloc_hash_match (input_bfd
, rel
+ 1,
7204 htab
->tls_get_addr
))
7205 offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
;
7206 /* We read the low GOT_TLS insn because we need to keep
7207 the destination reg. It may be something other than
7208 the usual r3, and moved to r3 before the call by
7209 intervening code. */
7210 insn1
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7211 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7212 if ((tls_mask
& tls_gd
) != 0)
7215 insn1
&= (0x1f << 21) | (0x1f << 16);
7216 insn1
|= 32u << 26; /* lwz */
7217 if (offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
7219 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7220 insn2
= 0x7c631214; /* add 3,3,2 */
7221 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
7223 r_type
= (((r_type
- (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)) & 3)
7224 + R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
);
7225 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7230 insn1
&= 0x1f << 21;
7231 insn1
|= 0x3c020000; /* addis r,2,0 */
7234 /* Was an LD reloc. */
7236 r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
7238 if (local_sections
[r_symndx
] == sec
)
7240 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
7241 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
7242 rel
->r_addend
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
7243 if (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
)
7244 rel
->r_addend
-= (local_syms
[r_symndx
].st_value
7245 + sec
->output_offset
7246 + sec
->output_section
->vma
);
7248 r_type
= R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
;
7249 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7250 if (offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
7252 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
);
7253 rel
[1].r_offset
= offset
+ d_offset
;
7254 rel
[1].r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
7255 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7256 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
7259 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn1
,
7260 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7263 /* We changed the symbol on an LD reloc. Start over
7264 in order to get h, sym, sec etc. right. */
7271 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0
7272 && rel
+ 1 < relend
)
7275 bfd_vma offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
7277 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)))
7279 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
);
7280 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7284 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GDIE
) != 0)
7287 r_type
= R_PPC_NONE
;
7288 insn2
= 0x7c631214; /* add 3,3,2 */
7293 r_type
= R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
;
7294 rel
->r_offset
+= d_offset
;
7295 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7297 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7298 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
7299 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
7300 BFD_ASSERT (offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
);
7301 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7306 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0
7307 && rel
+ 1 < relend
)
7311 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)))
7313 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7314 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7319 r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
7321 if (local_sections
[r_symndx
] == sec
)
7323 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
7324 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
7325 rel
->r_addend
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
7326 if (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
)
7327 rel
->r_addend
-= (local_syms
[r_symndx
].st_value
7328 + sec
->output_offset
7329 + sec
->output_section
->vma
);
7331 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
);
7332 rel
->r_offset
+= d_offset
;
7333 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7334 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
,
7335 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7336 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
7337 BFD_ASSERT (rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
);
7338 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7344 /* Handle other relocations that tweak non-addend part of insn. */
7351 /* Branch taken prediction relocations. */
7352 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
7353 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
7354 branch_bit
= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
7357 /* Branch not taken prediction relocations. */
7358 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
7359 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
7363 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7364 insn
&= ~BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
7367 from
= (rel
->r_offset
7368 + input_section
->output_offset
7369 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
7371 /* Invert 'y' bit if not the default. */
7372 if ((bfd_signed_vma
) (relocation
+ rel
->r_addend
- from
) < 0)
7373 insn
^= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
7375 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7379 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
7383 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7384 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7385 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 15u << 26
7386 && (insn
& (0x1f << 16)) != 0)
7388 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
7390 /* Convert addis to lis. */
7391 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
7392 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
,
7393 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7396 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
7397 info
->callbacks
->einfo
7398 (_("%P: %H: error: %s with unexpected instruction %x\n"),
7399 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
7400 "R_PPC_PLT16_HA", insn
);
7405 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
7409 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_ha
7410 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_lo
7411 && htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
7413 /* Convert lis;addi or lis;load/store accessing a protected
7414 variable defined in a shared library to PIC. */
7417 if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
)
7419 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7420 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7421 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (15u << 26)
7422 && (insn
& (0x1f << 16)) == 0 /* lis */)
7428 p
= (contents
+ input_section
->size
7429 - relax_info
->workaround_size
7430 - relax_info
->picfixup_size
7432 off
= (p
- contents
) - (rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7433 if (off
> 0x1fffffc || (off
& 3) != 0)
7434 info
->callbacks
->einfo
7435 (_("%H: fixup branch overflow\n"),
7436 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
7438 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B
| off
,
7439 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7440 got_addr
= (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
->vma
7441 + htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_offset
7442 + (h
->got
.offset
& ~1));
7443 wrel
->r_offset
= (p
- contents
) + d_offset
;
7444 wrel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
);
7445 wrel
->r_addend
= got_addr
;
7447 insn
|= ((unsigned int) (got_addr
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
7448 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
7450 /* Convert lis to lwz, loading address from GOT. */
7452 insn
^= (32u ^ 15u) << 26;
7453 insn
|= (insn
& (0x1f << 21)) >> 5;
7454 insn
|= got_addr
& 0xffff;
7455 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
+ 4);
7457 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B
| ((-4 - off
) & 0x3ffffff), p
+ 8);
7458 picfixup_size
+= 12;
7460 /* Use one of the spare relocs, so --emit-relocs
7461 output is reasonable. */
7462 memmove (rel
+ 1, rel
, (relend
- rel
- 1) * sizeof (*rel
));
7464 rel
->r_offset
= wrel
[-1].r_offset
+ 4;
7465 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
);
7466 rel
->r_addend
= wrel
[-1].r_addend
;
7468 /* Continue on as if we had a got reloc, to output
7470 r_type
= R_PPC_GOT16_LO
;
7474 /* xgettext:c-format */
7475 (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64
"): error: "
7476 "%s with unexpected instruction %#x"),
7477 input_bfd
, input_section
, (uint64_t) rel
->r_offset
,
7478 "R_PPC_ADDR16_HA", insn
);
7480 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
)
7482 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7483 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7484 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */
7485 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */
7486 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */
7487 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */
7488 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */
7489 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */
7490 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */
7491 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */
7492 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */
7493 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */
7494 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */
7495 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */
7496 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */
7497 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */
7498 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 58u << 26 /* lwa,ld,lmd */
7500 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std, stmd */
7501 && ((insn
& 3) == 0 || (insn
& 3) == 3)))
7503 /* Arrange to apply the reloc addend, if any. */
7505 unresolved_reloc
= false;
7506 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, r_type
);
7510 /* xgettext:c-format */
7511 (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64
"): error: "
7512 "%s with unexpected instruction %#x"),
7513 input_bfd
, input_section
, (uint64_t) rel
->r_offset
,
7514 "R_PPC_ADDR16_LO", insn
);
7519 if (htab
->elf
.target_os
!= is_vxworks
)
7521 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
7525 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
7526 ifunc
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
7528 else if (local_got_offsets
!= NULL
7529 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
7531 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
7533 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_offsets
7534 + symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
7535 ifunc
= local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
7540 && (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
7541 || is_branch_reloc (r_type
)
7542 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
7543 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
7544 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
))
7547 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
7548 && (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
7549 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
7550 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
7551 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
))
7552 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
7553 ent
= find_plt_ent (ifunc
, got2
, addend
);
7557 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
7559 && htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_NEW
7560 && (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
7562 || h
->dynindx
== -1))
7564 /* Uh oh, we are going to create a pic glink stub
7565 for an ifunc (here for h == NULL and later in
7566 finish_dynamic_symbol for h != NULL), and
7567 apparently are using code compiled with
7568 -mbss-plt. The difficulty is that -mbss-plt code
7569 gives no indication via a magic PLTREL24 addend
7570 whether r30 is equal to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ or
7571 is pointing into a .got2 section (and how far
7573 info
->callbacks
->einfo
7574 /* xgettext:c-format */
7575 (_("%X%H: unsupported bss-plt -fPIC ifunc %s\n"),
7576 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, sym_name
);
7579 unresolved_reloc
= false;
7580 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
7581 || !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
7583 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
7584 relocation
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
7585 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
7586 + (ent
->glink_offset
& ~1));
7588 relocation
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
7589 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
7594 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
7595 save_unresolved_reloc
= unresolved_reloc
;
7597 if (r_type
< R_PPC_max
)
7598 howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
7604 /* xgettext:c-format */
7605 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
7606 input_bfd
, howto
->name
);
7608 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7616 case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF
:
7617 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
7618 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
:
7621 /* GOT16 relocations. Like an ADDR16 using the symbol's
7622 address in the GOT as relocation value instead of the
7623 symbol's value itself. Also, create a GOT entry for the
7624 symbol and put the symbol value there. */
7625 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
7626 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
7627 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
7628 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
7629 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
7632 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
7633 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
7634 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
7635 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
7636 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
7639 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
7640 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
7641 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
7642 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
7643 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
7646 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
:
7647 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
:
7648 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
:
7649 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
7650 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
7654 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO
:
7655 case R_PPC_GOT16_HI
:
7656 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA
:
7660 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
7666 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
)
7670 if (tls_type
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)
7671 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
7672 offp
= &htab
->tlsld_got
.offset
;
7675 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
7677 || SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)
7678 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
7679 /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
7680 -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
7681 locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
7682 because of a version file. */
7687 unresolved_reloc
= false;
7689 offp
= &h
->got
.offset
;
7693 if (local_got_offsets
== NULL
)
7695 offp
= &local_got_offsets
[r_symndx
];
7698 /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4. We use the
7699 least significant bit to record whether we have already
7700 processed this entry. */
7706 unsigned int tls_m
= ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
7707 ? tls_mask
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
| TLS_DTPREL
7708 | TLS_TPREL
| TLS_GDIE
)
7711 if (offp
== &htab
->tlsld_got
.offset
)
7713 else if ((tls_m
& TLS_LD
) != 0
7714 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
7717 /* We might have multiple got entries for this sym.
7718 Initialize them all. */
7723 if ((tls_m
& TLS_LD
) != 0)
7725 tls_ty
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
7728 else if ((tls_m
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
7730 tls_ty
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
7733 else if ((tls_m
& TLS_DTPREL
) != 0)
7735 tls_ty
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
7736 tls_m
&= ~TLS_DTPREL
;
7738 else if ((tls_m
& (TLS_TPREL
| TLS_GDIE
)) != 0)
7740 tls_ty
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
7744 /* Generate relocs for the dynamic linker. */
7746 || (bfd_link_pic (info
)
7748 || !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
7750 && bfd_link_executable (info
)
7751 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))))
7753 asection
*rsec
= htab
->elf
.srelgot
;
7758 rsec
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
7760 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
7761 else if (is_static_defined (h
))
7762 htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
7764 outrel
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
->vma
7765 + htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_offset
7767 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
7768 if (tls_ty
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
))
7770 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_DTPMOD32
);
7771 if (tls_ty
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
))
7773 loc
= rsec
->contents
;
7774 loc
+= (rsec
->reloc_count
++
7775 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
7776 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
,
7778 outrel
.r_offset
+= 4;
7780 = ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_DTPREL32
);
7783 else if (tls_ty
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
))
7784 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_DTPREL32
);
7785 else if (tls_ty
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
))
7786 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_TPREL32
);
7788 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
);
7789 else if (ifunc
!= NULL
)
7790 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE
);
7792 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE
);
7793 if (indx
== 0 && tls_ty
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
7795 outrel
.r_addend
+= relocation
;
7796 if (tls_ty
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_DTPREL
| TLS_TPREL
))
7798 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
== NULL
)
7799 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
7801 outrel
.r_addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
;
7804 loc
= rsec
->contents
;
7805 loc
+= (rsec
->reloc_count
++
7806 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
7807 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
7810 /* Init the .got section contents if we're not
7811 emitting a reloc. */
7814 bfd_vma value
= relocation
;
7818 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
== NULL
)
7822 if (tls_ty
& TLS_LD
)
7825 value
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
7826 if (tls_ty
& TLS_TPREL
)
7827 value
+= DTP_OFFSET
- TP_OFFSET
;
7830 if (tls_ty
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
))
7832 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, value
,
7833 htab
->elf
.sgot
->contents
+ off
+ 4);
7837 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, value
,
7838 htab
->elf
.sgot
->contents
+ off
);
7842 if (tls_ty
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
))
7851 if (off
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
7854 if ((tls_type
& TLS_TLS
) != 0)
7856 if (tls_type
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
7858 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) != 0
7859 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
7861 if (tls_type
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
))
7863 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
7865 if (tls_type
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
))
7867 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_DTPREL
) != 0)
7874 /* If here for a picfixup, we're done. */
7875 if (r_type
!= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
))
7878 relocation
= (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
->vma
7879 + htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_offset
7881 - SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
));
7883 /* Addends on got relocations don't make much sense.
7884 x+off@got is actually x@got+off, and since the got is
7885 generated by a hash table traversal, the value in the
7886 got at entry m+n bears little relation to the entry m. */
7888 info
->callbacks
->einfo
7889 /* xgettext:c-format */
7890 (_("%H: non-zero addend on %s reloc against `%s'\n"),
7891 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
7897 /* Relocations that need no special processing. */
7898 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
:
7899 /* It makes no sense to point a local relocation
7900 at a symbol not in this object. */
7901 if (unresolved_reloc
)
7903 (*info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
) (info
,
7904 h
->root
.root
.string
,
7911 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
&& bfd_link_pic (info
))
7913 /* @local on an ifunc does not really make sense since
7914 the ifunc resolver can take you anywhere. More
7915 seriously, calls to ifuncs must go through a plt call
7916 stub, and for pic the plt call stubs uses r30 to
7917 access the PLT. The problem is that a call that is
7918 local won't have the +32k reloc addend trick marking
7919 -fPIC code, so the linker won't know whether r30 is
7920 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ or pointing into a .got2 section. */
7921 /* xgettext:c-format */
7922 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%X%H: @local call to ifunc %s\n"),
7923 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
7924 h
->root
.root
.string
);
7928 case R_PPC_DTPREL16
:
7929 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
:
7930 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
:
7931 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
:
7932 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
7933 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
7936 /* Relocations that may need to be propagated if this is a shared
7939 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
7940 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
:
7941 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
7943 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
7944 && h
->dynindx
== -1)
7946 /* Make this relocation against an undefined weak symbol
7947 resolve to zero. This is really just a tweak, since
7948 code using weak externs ought to check that they are
7949 defined before using them. */
7950 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
;
7951 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
7952 insn
= _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (insn
, 2);
7954 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
7957 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
7958 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
7959 /* The TPREL16 relocs shouldn't really be used in shared
7960 libs or with non-local symbols as that will result in
7961 DT_TEXTREL being set, but support them anyway. */
7965 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
7966 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
7969 case R_PPC_DTPREL32
:
7970 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
7971 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
7974 case R_PPC_DTPMOD32
:
7980 case R_PPC_REL16_LO
:
7981 case R_PPC_REL16_HI
:
7982 case R_PPC_REL16_HA
:
7983 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
:
7987 if (h
== NULL
|| h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
7993 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
:
7994 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI
:
7995 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
:
8000 case R_PPC_VLE_REL8
:
8001 case R_PPC_VLE_REL15
:
8002 case R_PPC_VLE_REL24
:
8005 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
8006 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
8007 /* If these relocations are not to a named symbol, they can be
8008 handled right here, no need to bother the dynamic linker. */
8009 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
8010 || h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
8016 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
8017 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
8018 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
8023 if ((input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
8027 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
8029 || h
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
8030 && ((h
!= NULL
&& pc_dynrelocs (h
))
8031 || must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
)))
8033 && h
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
))
8041 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_relocate_section needs to "
8042 "create relocation for %s\n",
8043 (h
&& h
->root
.root
.string
8044 ? h
->root
.root
.string
: "<unknown>"));
8047 /* When generating a shared object, these relocations
8048 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
8051 outrel
.r_offset
= _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
,
8054 if (outrel
.r_offset
== (bfd_vma
) -1
8055 || outrel
.r_offset
== (bfd_vma
) -2)
8056 skip
= (int) outrel
.r_offset
;
8057 outrel
.r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
8058 + input_section
->output_offset
);
8060 /* Optimize unaligned reloc use. */
8061 if ((r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR32
&& (outrel
.r_offset
& 3) != 0)
8062 || (r_type
== R_PPC_UADDR32
&& (outrel
.r_offset
& 3) == 0))
8063 r_type
^= R_PPC_ADDR32
^ R_PPC_UADDR32
;
8064 if ((r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16
&& (outrel
.r_offset
& 1) != 0)
8065 || (r_type
== R_PPC_UADDR16
&& (outrel
.r_offset
& 1) == 0))
8066 r_type
^= R_PPC_ADDR16
^ R_PPC_UADDR16
;
8069 memset (&outrel
, 0, sizeof outrel
);
8070 else if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
8073 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= -1);
8074 unresolved_reloc
= false;
8075 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, r_type
);
8076 outrel
.r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
8080 outrel
.r_addend
= relocation
+ rel
->r_addend
;
8082 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_ADDR32
)
8086 /* If we get here when building a static
8087 executable, then the libc startup function
8088 responsible for applying indirect function
8089 relocations is going to complain about
8091 If we get here when building a dynamic
8092 executable, it will be because we have
8093 a text relocation. The dynamic loader
8094 will set the text segment writable and
8095 non-executable to apply text relocations.
8096 So we'll segfault when trying to run the
8097 indirection function to resolve the reloc. */
8098 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8099 /* xgettext:c-format */
8100 (_("%H: relocation %s for indirect "
8101 "function %s unsupported\n"),
8102 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8107 else if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
|| bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
8109 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
8111 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8118 /* We are turning this relocation into one
8119 against a section symbol. It would be
8120 proper to subtract the symbol's value,
8121 osec->vma, from the emitted reloc addend,
8122 but ld.so expects buggy relocs.
8123 FIXME: Why not always use a zero index? */
8124 osec
= sec
->output_section
;
8125 if ((osec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
8127 osec
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
;
8132 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
8135 osec
= htab
->elf
.text_index_section
;
8136 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
8138 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= 0);
8141 /* ld.so doesn't expect buggy TLS relocs.
8142 Don't leave the symbol value in the
8144 if (IS_PPC_TLS_RELOC (r_type
))
8145 outrel
.r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
8148 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, r_type
);
8150 else if (ifunc
!= NULL
)
8151 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE
);
8153 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE
);
8156 sreloc
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->sreloc
;
8159 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
8161 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
8162 else if (is_static_defined (h
))
8163 htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
8168 loc
= sreloc
->contents
;
8169 loc
+= sreloc
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8170 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
8175 /* This reloc will be computed at runtime. Clear the memory
8176 so that it contains a predictable value for prelink. */
8179 relocation
= howto
->pc_relative
? outrel
.r_offset
: 0;
8186 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
:
8187 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
:
8190 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
8191 bfd_vma got2_addend
= 0;
8193 if (r_type
== R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
)
8195 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8196 got2_addend
= addend
;
8199 ent
= find_plt_ent (&h
->plt
.plist
, got2
, got2_addend
);
8200 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
)
8201 relocation
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
8202 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
8203 + ent
->glink_offset
);
8205 relocation
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
8206 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
8215 size_t insn_offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
8218 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8220 relocation
-= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
8221 + input_section
->output_offset
8222 + rel
->r_offset
- 4);
8223 stub
= shared_stub_entry
;
8224 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, stub
[0], contents
+ insn_offset
- 12);
8225 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, stub
[1], contents
+ insn_offset
- 8);
8226 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, stub
[2], contents
+ insn_offset
- 4);
8228 size
= ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry
) - 3;
8233 size
= ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry
);
8236 relocation
+= addend
;
8237 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
8240 /* First insn is HA, second is LO. */
8242 insn
|= ((relocation
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
8243 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ insn_offset
);
8247 insn
|= relocation
& 0xffff;
8248 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ insn_offset
);
8256 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ insn_offset
);
8260 /* Rewrite the reloc and convert one of the trailing nop
8261 relocs to describe this relocation. */
8262 BFD_ASSERT (ELF32_R_TYPE (relend
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC_NONE
);
8263 /* The relocs are at the bottom 2 bytes */
8264 wrel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_offset
+ d_offset
;
8265 wrel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
);
8266 wrel
->r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
8267 memmove (wrel
+ 1, wrel
, (relend
- wrel
- 1) * sizeof (*wrel
));
8269 wrel
->r_offset
+= 4;
8270 wrel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
);
8274 /* Indirect .sdata relocation. */
8275 case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
:
8276 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sdata
[0].section
!= NULL
);
8277 if (!is_static_defined (htab
->sdata
[0].sym
))
8279 unresolved_reloc
= true;
8283 = elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd
, &htab
->sdata
[0],
8284 h
, relocation
, rel
);
8288 /* Indirect .sdata2 relocation. */
8289 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
:
8290 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sdata
[1].section
!= NULL
);
8291 if (!is_static_defined (htab
->sdata
[1].sym
))
8293 unresolved_reloc
= true;
8297 = elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd
, &htab
->sdata
[1],
8298 h
, relocation
, rel
);
8302 /* Handle the TOC16 reloc. We want to use the offset within the .got
8303 section, not the actual VMA. This is appropriate when generating
8304 an embedded ELF object, for which the .got section acts like the
8305 AIX .toc section. */
8306 case R_PPC_TOC16
: /* phony GOT16 relocations */
8307 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
8309 unresolved_reloc
= true;
8312 BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (bfd_section_name (sec
), ".got") == 0
8313 || strcmp (bfd_section_name (sec
), ".cgot") == 0);
8315 addend
-= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
+ 0x8000;
8318 case R_PPC_PLTREL24
:
8319 if (h
!= NULL
&& ifunc
== NULL
)
8321 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
8323 ent
= find_plt_ent (&h
->plt
.plist
, got2
,
8324 bfd_link_pic (info
) ? addend
: 0);
8326 || htab
->elf
.splt
== NULL
)
8328 /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol. This
8329 happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
8330 using -Bsymbolic. */
8334 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
8335 procedure linkage table. */
8336 unresolved_reloc
= false;
8337 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
)
8338 relocation
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
8339 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
8340 + ent
->glink_offset
);
8342 relocation
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
8343 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
8348 /* R_PPC_PLTREL24 is rather special. If non-zero, the
8349 addend specifies the GOT pointer offset within .got2.
8350 Don't apply it to the relocation field. */
8356 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO
:
8357 case R_PPC_PLT16_HI
:
8358 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
8361 plt_list
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
8362 else if (ifunc
!= NULL
)
8364 else if (local_got_offsets
!= NULL
)
8366 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
8367 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_offsets
8368 + symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
8369 plt_list
= local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
8371 unresolved_reloc
= true;
8372 if (plt_list
!= NULL
)
8374 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
8376 ent
= find_plt_ent (plt_list
, got2
,
8377 bfd_link_pic (info
) ? addend
: 0);
8378 if (ent
!= NULL
&& ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
8382 unresolved_reloc
= false;
8383 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
8384 if (use_local_plt (info
, h
))
8387 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
8389 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
8391 relocation
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
8392 + plt
->output_offset
8394 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8398 if (ent
->addend
>= 32768)
8400 + ent
->sec
->output_section
->vma
8401 + ent
->sec
->output_offset
);
8403 got
= SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
8411 /* Relocate against _SDA_BASE_. */
8412 case R_PPC_SDAREL16
:
8415 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
8418 || sec
->output_section
== NULL
8419 || !is_static_defined (sda
))
8421 unresolved_reloc
= true;
8424 addend
-= SYM_VAL (sda
);
8426 name
= bfd_section_name (sec
->output_section
);
8427 if (!(strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
8428 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0))
8431 /* xgettext:c-format */
8432 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8433 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8442 /* Relocate against _SDA2_BASE_. */
8443 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
:
8446 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= htab
->sdata
[1].sym
;
8449 || sec
->output_section
== NULL
8450 || !is_static_defined (sda
))
8452 unresolved_reloc
= true;
8455 addend
-= SYM_VAL (sda
);
8457 name
= bfd_section_name (sec
->output_section
);
8458 if (!(strcmp (name
, ".sdata2") == 0
8459 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss2") == 0))
8462 /* xgettext:c-format */
8463 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8464 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8473 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16A
:
8474 relocation
= relocation
+ addend
;
8475 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8476 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8477 split16a_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8480 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16D
:
8481 relocation
= relocation
+ addend
;
8482 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8483 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8484 split16d_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8487 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16A
:
8488 relocation
= (relocation
+ addend
) >> 16;
8489 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8490 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8491 split16a_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8494 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16D
:
8495 relocation
= (relocation
+ addend
) >> 16;
8496 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8497 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8498 split16d_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8501 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16A
:
8502 relocation
= (relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000) >> 16;
8503 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8504 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8505 split16a_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8508 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16D
:
8509 relocation
= (relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000) >> 16;
8510 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8511 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8512 split16d_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8515 /* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_, _SDA2_BASE_, or 0. */
8516 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
:
8517 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
:
8518 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
:
8519 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
:
8524 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= NULL
;
8526 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
8528 unresolved_reloc
= true;
8532 name
= bfd_section_name (sec
->output_section
);
8533 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
8534 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
8537 sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
8539 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata2") == 0
8540 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss2") == 0)
8543 sda
= htab
->sdata
[1].sym
;
8545 else if (strcmp (name
, ".PPC.EMB.sdata0") == 0
8546 || strcmp (name
, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0") == 0)
8553 /* xgettext:c-format */
8554 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8555 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8561 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8568 if (!is_static_defined (sda
))
8570 unresolved_reloc
= true;
8573 addend
-= SYM_VAL (sda
);
8576 if (r_type
== R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
)
8579 /* The PowerPC Embedded Application Binary Interface
8580 version 1.0 insanely chose to specify R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
8581 operating on a 24-bit field at r_offset. GNU as and
8582 GNU ld have always assumed R_PPC_EMB_SDA21 operates on
8583 a 32-bit bit insn at r_offset. Cope with object file
8584 producers that possibly comply with the EABI in
8585 generating an odd r_offset for big-endian objects. */
8586 if (r_type
== R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
)
8587 rel
->r_offset
&= ~1;
8589 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
8591 && (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
8592 || r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
))
8594 relocation
= relocation
+ addend
;
8597 /* Force e_li insn, keeping RT from original insn. */
8601 /* We have an li20 field, bits 17..20, 11..15, 21..31. */
8602 /* Top 4 bits of value to 17..20. */
8603 insn
|= (relocation
& 0xf0000) >> 5;
8604 /* Next 5 bits of the value to 11..15. */
8605 insn
|= (relocation
& 0xf800) << 5;
8606 /* And the final 11 bits of the value to bits 21 to 31. */
8607 insn
|= relocation
& 0x7ff;
8609 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
8611 if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
8612 && ((relocation
+ 0x80000) & 0xffffffff) > 0x100000)
8616 /* Fill in register field. */
8617 insn
= (insn
& ~RA_REGISTER_MASK
) | (reg
<< RA_REGISTER_SHIFT
);
8618 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
8622 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
:
8623 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
:
8624 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
:
8625 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
:
8626 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
:
8627 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
:
8631 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= NULL
;
8633 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
8635 unresolved_reloc
= true;
8639 name
= bfd_section_name (sec
->output_section
);
8640 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
8641 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
8642 sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
8643 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata2") == 0
8644 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss2") == 0)
8645 sda
= htab
->sdata
[1].sym
;
8649 /* xgettext:c-format */
8650 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8651 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8657 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8662 if (sda
== NULL
|| !is_static_defined (sda
))
8664 unresolved_reloc
= true;
8667 value
= relocation
+ addend
- SYM_VAL (sda
);
8669 if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
)
8670 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8671 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8673 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8674 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
)
8675 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8676 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8678 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8679 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
)
8681 value
= value
>> 16;
8682 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8683 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8685 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8687 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
)
8689 value
= value
>> 16;
8690 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8691 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8693 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8695 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
)
8697 value
= (value
+ 0x8000) >> 16;
8698 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8699 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8701 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8703 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
)
8705 value
= (value
+ 0x8000) >> 16;
8706 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8707 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8709 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8714 case R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20
:
8715 ppc_elf_vle_split20 (output_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
);
8718 /* Relocate against the beginning of the section. */
8720 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
:
8721 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI
:
8722 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
:
8723 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
8725 unresolved_reloc
= true;
8728 addend
-= sec
->output_section
->vma
;
8731 /* Negative relocations. */
8732 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
:
8733 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
:
8734 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
:
8735 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
:
8736 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
:
8737 addend
-= 2 * relocation
;
8741 case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
:
8742 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
:
8743 case R_PPC_RELATIVE
:
8744 case R_PPC_IRELATIVE
:
8746 case R_PPC_PLTREL32
:
8748 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16
:
8749 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO
:
8750 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI
:
8751 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
:
8752 case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD
:
8753 /* xgettext:c-format */
8754 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
8755 input_bfd
, howto
->name
);
8757 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8767 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
8768 if (htab
->do_tls_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
8770 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
8771 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
8775 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
8776 if (htab
->do_tls_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
8778 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
8779 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
8780 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
8782 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
8793 if (unresolved_reloc
)
8795 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
8796 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
8798 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B
| insn
, p
);
8799 unresolved_reloc
= save_unresolved_reloc
;
8800 r_type
= R_PPC_REL24
;
8801 howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
8803 else if (htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_NEW
)
8804 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8805 (_("%X%P: %H: %s relocation unsupported for bss-plt\n"),
8806 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8811 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
8812 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO
:
8813 if (unresolved_reloc
)
8815 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
8816 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
8817 unresolved_reloc
= false;
8818 r_type
= R_PPC_NONE
;
8819 howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
8821 else if (htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_NEW
)
8822 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8823 (_("%X%P: %H: %s relocation unsupported for bss-plt\n"),
8824 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8829 /* Do any further special processing. */
8835 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
:
8836 case R_PPC_REL16_HA
:
8837 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
:
8838 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
:
8839 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
8840 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
:
8841 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
:
8842 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
:
8843 /* It's just possible that this symbol is a weak symbol
8844 that's not actually defined anywhere. In that case,
8845 'sec' would be NULL, and we should leave the symbol
8846 alone (it will be set to zero elsewhere in the link). */
8851 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
8852 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA
:
8853 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
8854 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
8855 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
8856 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
8857 /* Add 0x10000 if sign bit in 0:15 is set.
8858 Bits 0:15 are not used. */
8863 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
:
8865 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO
:
8866 case R_PPC_SDAREL16
:
8868 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
:
8869 case R_PPC_DTPREL16
:
8870 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
:
8872 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
8873 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
8874 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
8875 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
8876 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
8877 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
:
8878 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
:
8879 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
8880 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
8882 /* The 32-bit ABI lacks proper relocations to deal with
8883 certain 64-bit instructions. Prevent damage to bits
8884 that make up part of the insn opcode. */
8885 unsigned int insn
, mask
, lobit
;
8887 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
8888 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
8890 if (is_insn_ds_form (insn
))
8892 else if (is_insn_dq_form (insn
))
8896 relocation
+= addend
;
8897 addend
= insn
& mask
;
8898 lobit
= mask
& relocation
;
8901 relocation
^= lobit
;
8902 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8903 /* xgettext:c-format */
8904 (_("%H: error: %s against `%s' not a multiple of %u\n"),
8905 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8906 howto
->name
, sym_name
, mask
+ 1);
8907 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8915 fprintf (stderr
, "\ttype = %s (%d), name = %s, symbol index = %ld, "
8916 "offset = %ld, addend = %ld\n",
8921 (long) rel
->r_offset
,
8925 if (unresolved_reloc
8926 && !((input_section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0
8928 && _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
,
8929 rel
->r_offset
) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
8931 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8932 /* xgettext:c-format */
8933 (_("%H: unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'\n"),
8934 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8940 /* 16-bit fields in insns mostly have signed values, but a
8941 few insns have 16-bit unsigned values. Really, we should
8942 have different reloc types. */
8943 if (howto
->complain_on_overflow
!= complain_overflow_dont
8944 && howto
->dst_mask
== 0xffff
8945 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
8947 enum complain_overflow complain
= complain_overflow_signed
;
8949 if ((elf_section_flags (input_section
) & SHF_PPC_VLE
) == 0)
8953 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
8954 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 10u << 26 /* cmpli */)
8955 complain
= complain_overflow_bitfield
;
8956 else if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi */
8957 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori */
8958 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori */)
8959 complain
= complain_overflow_unsigned
;
8961 if (howto
->complain_on_overflow
!= complain
)
8964 alt_howto
.complain_on_overflow
= complain
;
8969 if (r_type
== R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
)
8971 /* Split field reloc isn't handled by _bfd_final_link_relocate. */
8972 if (rel
->r_offset
+ 4 > input_section
->size
)
8973 r
= bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
8978 relocation
+= addend
;
8979 relocation
-= (rel
->r_offset
8980 + input_section
->output_offset
8981 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
8983 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
8985 insn
|= (relocation
& 0xffc1) | ((relocation
& 0x3e) << 15);
8986 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
8991 r
= _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto
, input_bfd
, input_section
, contents
,
8992 rel
->r_offset
, relocation
, addend
);
8994 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
8996 if (r
== bfd_reloc_overflow
)
8999 /* On code like "if (foo) foo();" don't report overflow
9000 on a branch to zero when foo is undefined. */
9003 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
9004 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
9005 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
)))
9006 info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
9007 (info
, (h
? &h
->root
: NULL
), sym_name
, howto
->name
,
9008 rel
->r_addend
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
9012 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9013 /* xgettext:c-format */
9014 (_("%H: %s reloc against `%s': error %d\n"),
9015 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
9016 howto
->name
, sym_name
, (int) r
);
9027 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
9028 size_t deleted
= rel
- wrel
;
9030 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section
->output_section
);
9031 rel_hdr
->sh_size
-= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* deleted
;
9032 if (rel_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
9034 /* It is too late to remove an empty reloc section. Leave
9036 ??? What is wrong with an empty section??? */
9037 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
9042 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section
);
9043 rel_hdr
->sh_size
-= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* deleted
;
9044 input_section
->reloc_count
-= deleted
;
9048 fprintf (stderr
, "\n");
9051 if (input_section
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
9052 && input_section
->size
!= input_section
->rawsize
9053 && (strcmp (input_section
->output_section
->name
, ".init") == 0
9054 || strcmp (input_section
->output_section
->name
, ".fini") == 0))
9056 /* Branch around the trampolines. */
9057 unsigned int insn
= B
+ input_section
->size
- input_section
->rawsize
;
9058 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ input_section
->rawsize
);
9061 if (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
9062 && input_section
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
9063 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
9064 || (input_section
->output_section
->alignment_power
9065 >= htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
)))
9067 bfd_vma start_addr
, end_addr
, addr
;
9068 bfd_vma pagesize
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
;
9070 if (relax_info
->workaround_size
!= 0)
9076 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, BA
, fill
);
9077 p
= contents
+ input_section
->size
- relax_info
->workaround_size
;
9078 n
= relax_info
->workaround_size
>> 2;
9081 memcpy (p
, fill
, 4);
9086 /* The idea is: Replace the last instruction on a page with a
9087 branch to a patch area. Put the insn there followed by a
9088 branch back to the next page. Complicated a little by
9089 needing to handle moved conditional branches, and by not
9090 wanting to touch data-in-text. */
9092 start_addr
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
9093 + input_section
->output_offset
);
9094 end_addr
= (start_addr
+ input_section
->size
9095 - relax_info
->workaround_size
);
9096 for (addr
= ((start_addr
& -pagesize
) + pagesize
- 4);
9100 bfd_vma offset
= addr
- start_addr
;
9101 Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo
, *hi
;
9103 bfd_vma patch_off
, patch_addr
;
9106 /* Do we have a data reloc at this offset? If so, leave
9114 rel
= lo
+ (hi
- lo
) / 2;
9115 if (rel
->r_offset
< offset
)
9117 else if (rel
->r_offset
> offset
+ 3)
9121 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
))
9138 /* Some instructions can be left alone too. Unconditional
9139 branches, except for bcctr with BO=0x14 (bctr, bctrl),
9140 avoid the icache failure.
9142 The problem occurs due to prefetch across a page boundary
9143 where stale instructions can be fetched from the next
9144 page, and the mechanism for flushing these bad
9145 instructions fails under certain circumstances. The
9146 unconditional branches:
9147 1) Branch: b, bl, ba, bla,
9148 2) Branch Conditional: bc, bca, bcl, bcla,
9149 3) Branch Conditional to Link Register: bclr, bclrl,
9150 where (2) and (3) have BO=0x14 making them unconditional,
9151 prevent the bad prefetch because the prefetch itself is
9152 affected by these instructions. This happens even if the
9153 instruction is not executed.
9158 . addi 9,9,new_page@l
9165 The bctr is not predicted taken due to ctr not being
9166 ready, so prefetch continues on past the bctr into the
9167 new page which might have stale instructions. If they
9168 fail to be flushed, then they will be executed after the
9169 bctr executes. Either of the following modifications
9170 prevent the bad prefetch from happening in the first
9173 . lis 9,new_page@ha lis 9,new_page@ha
9174 . addi 9,9,new_page@l addi 9,9,new_page@l
9177 . nop b somewhere_else
9178 . b somewhere_else nop
9179 . new_page: new_page:
9181 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
);
9182 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (18u << 26) /* b,bl,ba,bla */
9183 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (16u << 26) /* bc,bcl,bca,bcla*/
9184 && (insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x14 << 21)) /* with BO=0x14 */
9185 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (19u << 26)
9186 && (insn
& (0x3ff << 1)) == (16u << 1) /* bclr,bclrl */
9187 && (insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x14 << 21)))/* with BO=0x14 */
9190 patch_addr
= (start_addr
+ input_section
->size
9191 - relax_info
->workaround_size
);
9192 patch_addr
= (patch_addr
+ 15) & -16;
9193 patch_off
= patch_addr
- start_addr
;
9194 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B
+ patch_off
- offset
, contents
+ offset
);
9197 && rel
->r_offset
>= offset
9198 && rel
->r_offset
< offset
+ 4)
9202 /* If the insn we are patching had a reloc, adjust the
9203 reloc r_offset so that the reloc applies to the moved
9204 location. This matters for -r and --emit-relocs. */
9205 if (rel
+ 1 != relend
)
9207 Elf_Internal_Rela tmp
= *rel
;
9209 /* Keep the relocs sorted by r_offset. */
9210 memmove (rel
, rel
+ 1, (relend
- (rel
+ 1)) * sizeof (*rel
));
9213 relend
[-1].r_offset
+= patch_off
- offset
;
9215 /* Adjust REL16 addends too. */
9216 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (relend
[-1].r_info
))
9219 case R_PPC_REL16_LO
:
9220 case R_PPC_REL16_HI
:
9221 case R_PPC_REL16_HA
:
9222 relend
[-1].r_addend
+= patch_off
- offset
;
9228 /* If we are building a PIE or shared library with
9229 non-PIC objects, perhaps we had a dynamic reloc too?
9230 If so, the dynamic reloc must move with the insn. */
9231 sreloc
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->sreloc
;
9234 Elf32_External_Rela
*slo
, *shi
, *srelend
;
9237 slo
= (Elf32_External_Rela
*) sreloc
->contents
;
9238 shi
= srelend
= slo
+ sreloc
->reloc_count
;
9239 soffset
= (offset
+ input_section
->output_section
->vma
9240 + input_section
->output_offset
);
9243 Elf32_External_Rela
*srel
= slo
+ (shi
- slo
) / 2;
9244 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, (bfd_byte
*) srel
,
9246 if (outrel
.r_offset
< soffset
)
9248 else if (outrel
.r_offset
> soffset
+ 3)
9252 if (srel
+ 1 != srelend
)
9254 memmove (srel
, srel
+ 1,
9255 (srelend
- (srel
+ 1)) * sizeof (*srel
));
9258 outrel
.r_offset
+= patch_off
- offset
;
9259 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
,
9269 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (16u << 26) /* bc */
9270 && (insn
& 2) == 0 /* relative */)
9272 bfd_vma delta
= ((insn
& 0xfffc) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
9274 delta
+= offset
- patch_off
;
9275 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
) && rel
!= NULL
)
9277 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
) && rel
!= NULL
)
9279 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
9281 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (relend
[-1].r_info
);
9282 if (r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
)
9283 insn
|= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
9284 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
)
9285 insn
&= ~BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
9287 BFD_ASSERT (r_type
== R_PPC_REL14
);
9289 if ((r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
9290 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
)
9291 && delta
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000
9292 && (bfd_signed_vma
) delta
< 0)
9293 insn
^= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
9295 if (delta
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
9297 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9298 (insn
& ~0xfffc) | (delta
& 0xfffc),
9299 contents
+ patch_off
);
9301 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9302 B
| ((offset
+ 4 - patch_off
) & 0x3fffffc),
9303 contents
+ patch_off
);
9310 unsigned int r_sym
= ELF32_R_SYM (relend
[-1].r_info
);
9312 relend
[-1].r_offset
+= 8;
9313 relend
[-1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_sym
, R_PPC_REL24
);
9315 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9316 (insn
& ~0xfffc) | 8,
9317 contents
+ patch_off
);
9319 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9320 B
| ((offset
+ 4 - patch_off
) & 0x3fffffc),
9321 contents
+ patch_off
);
9323 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9324 B
| ((delta
- 8) & 0x3fffffc),
9325 contents
+ patch_off
);
9331 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ patch_off
);
9333 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9334 B
| ((offset
+ 4 - patch_off
) & 0x3fffffc),
9335 contents
+ patch_off
);
9338 BFD_ASSERT (patch_off
<= input_section
->size
);
9339 relax_info
->workaround_size
= input_section
->size
- patch_off
;
9346 /* Write out the PLT relocs and entries for H. */
9349 write_global_sym_plt (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
9351 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
;
9352 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9353 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
9357 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9358 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
9360 bool dyn
= !use_local_plt (info
, h
);
9364 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
9366 bfd_vma reloc_index
;
9367 asection
*plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
9368 asection
*relplt
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
;
9370 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
|| !dyn
)
9371 reloc_index
= ent
->plt
.offset
/ 4;
9374 reloc_index
= ((ent
->plt
.offset
- htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
)
9375 / htab
->plt_slot_size
);
9376 if (reloc_index
> PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES
9377 && htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
)
9378 reloc_index
-= (reloc_index
- PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES
) / 2;
9381 /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table.
9383 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_VXWORKS
&& dyn
)
9386 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
9388 /* The first three entries in .got.plt are reserved. */
9389 got_offset
= (reloc_index
+ 3) * 4;
9391 /* Use the right PLT. */
9392 plt_entry
= bfd_link_pic (info
) ? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry
9393 : ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry
;
9395 /* Fill in the .plt on VxWorks. */
9396 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
9398 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9399 plt_entry
[0] | PPC_HA (got_offset
),
9400 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 0);
9401 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9402 plt_entry
[1] | PPC_LO (got_offset
),
9403 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 4);
9407 bfd_vma got_loc
= got_offset
+ SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
9409 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9410 plt_entry
[0] | PPC_HA (got_loc
),
9411 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 0);
9412 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9413 plt_entry
[1] | PPC_LO (got_loc
),
9414 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 4);
9417 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2],
9418 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 8);
9419 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3],
9420 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 12);
9422 /* This instruction is an immediate load. The value loaded is
9423 the byte offset of the R_PPC_JMP_SLOT relocation from the
9424 start of the .rela.plt section. The value is stored in the
9425 low-order 16 bits of the load instruction. */
9426 /* NOTE: It appears that this is now an index rather than a
9427 prescaled offset. */
9428 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9429 plt_entry
[4] | reloc_index
,
9430 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 16);
9431 /* This instruction is a PC-relative branch whose target is
9432 the start of the PLT section. The address of this branch
9433 instruction is 20 bytes beyond the start of this PLT entry.
9434 The address is encoded in bits 6-29, inclusive. The value
9435 stored is right-shifted by two bits, permitting a 26-bit
9437 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9439 | (-(ent
->plt
.offset
+ 20) & 0x03fffffc)),
9440 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 20);
9441 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6],
9442 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 24);
9443 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7],
9444 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 28);
9446 /* Fill in the GOT entry corresponding to this PLT slot with
9447 the address immediately after the "bctr" instruction
9448 in this PLT entry. */
9449 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, (plt
->output_section
->vma
9450 + plt
->output_offset
9451 + ent
->plt
.offset
+ 16),
9452 htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->contents
+ got_offset
);
9454 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
9456 /* Fill in a couple of entries in .rela.plt.unloaded. */
9457 loc
= htab
->srelplt2
->contents
9458 + ((VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS
+ reloc_index
9459 * VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS
)
9460 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
9462 /* Provide the @ha relocation for the first instruction. */
9463 rela
.r_offset
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
9464 + plt
->output_offset
9465 + ent
->plt
.offset
+ 2);
9466 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
,
9468 rela
.r_addend
= got_offset
;
9469 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9470 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9472 /* Provide the @l relocation for the second instruction. */
9473 rela
.r_offset
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
9474 + plt
->output_offset
9475 + ent
->plt
.offset
+ 6);
9476 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
,
9478 rela
.r_addend
= got_offset
;
9479 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9480 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9482 /* Provide a relocation for the GOT entry corresponding to this
9483 PLT slot. Point it at the middle of the .plt entry. */
9484 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
9485 + htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->output_offset
9487 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hplt
->indx
,
9489 rela
.r_addend
= ent
->plt
.offset
+ 16;
9490 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9493 /* VxWorks uses non-standard semantics for R_PPC_JMP_SLOT.
9494 In particular, the offset for the relocation is not the
9495 address of the PLT entry for this function, as specified
9496 by the ABI. Instead, the offset is set to the address of
9497 the GOT slot for this function. See EABI 4.4.4.1. */
9498 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
9499 + htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->output_offset
9508 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9510 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
9511 relplt
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
9515 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
9516 relplt
= bfd_link_pic (info
) ? htab
->relpltlocal
: NULL
;
9519 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
9520 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
9521 rela
.r_addend
= SYM_VAL (h
);
9526 loc
= plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
;
9527 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, rela
.r_addend
, loc
);
9531 rela
.r_offset
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
9532 + plt
->output_offset
9535 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
|| !dyn
)
9537 /* We don't need to fill in the .plt. The ppc dynamic
9538 linker will fill it in. */
9542 bfd_vma val
= (htab
->glink_pltresolve
+ ent
->plt
.offset
9543 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
9544 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
9545 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, val
,
9546 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
);
9553 /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section. */
9556 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9557 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE
);
9559 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE
);
9560 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (relplt
->reloc_count
++
9561 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
9562 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
9566 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
);
9567 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (reloc_index
9568 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
9569 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
&& is_static_defined (h
))
9570 htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
9572 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9577 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
|| !dyn
)
9580 asection
*plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
9584 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9585 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
9590 p
= (unsigned char *) htab
->glink
->contents
+ ent
->glink_offset
;
9591 write_glink_stub (h
, ent
, plt
, p
, info
);
9593 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
9594 /* We only need one non-PIC glink stub. */
9603 /* Finish up PLT handling. */
9606 ppc_finish_symbols (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9608 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9614 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, write_global_sym_plt
, info
);
9616 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9618 bfd_vma
*local_got
, *end_local_got
;
9619 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
, **lplt
, **end_local_plt
;
9620 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
9621 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
9622 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
= NULL
;
9623 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
9625 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd
))
9628 local_got
= elf_local_got_offsets (ibfd
);
9632 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
9633 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9634 end_local_got
= local_got
+ locsymcount
;
9635 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_local_got
;
9636 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
9637 for (lplt
= local_plt
; lplt
< end_local_plt
; ++lplt
)
9638 for (ent
= *lplt
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9640 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
9642 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
9644 asection
*plt
, *relplt
;
9647 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
9650 if (!get_sym_h (NULL
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
9651 lplt
- local_plt
, ibfd
))
9653 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9658 val
= sym
->st_value
;
9659 if (sym_sec
!= NULL
&& sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
9660 val
+= sym_sec
->output_offset
+ sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
9662 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9664 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
9665 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
9666 relplt
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
9667 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE
);
9671 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
9672 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
9674 relplt
= htab
->relpltlocal
;
9675 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE
);
9679 loc
= plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
;
9680 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, val
, loc
);
9685 rela
.r_offset
= (ent
->plt
.offset
9686 + plt
->output_offset
9687 + plt
->output_section
->vma
);
9688 rela
.r_addend
= val
;
9689 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (relplt
->reloc_count
++
9690 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
9691 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9693 p
= (unsigned char *) htab
->glink
->contents
+ ent
->glink_offset
;
9694 write_glink_stub (NULL
, ent
, htab
->elf
.iplt
, p
, info
);
9698 if (local_syms
!= NULL
9699 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9701 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
9704 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
9710 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
9711 dynamic sections here. */
9714 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9715 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9716 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
9717 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
9719 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9720 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
9723 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol called for %s",
9724 h
->root
.root
.string
);
9728 || (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
)))
9729 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9730 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
9732 if (!h
->def_regular
)
9734 /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as
9735 defined in the .plt section. Leave the value if
9736 there were any relocations where pointer equality
9737 matters (this is a clue for the dynamic linker, to
9738 make function pointer comparisons work between an
9739 application and shared library), otherwise set it
9741 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
9742 if (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
9744 else if (!h
->ref_regular_nonweak
)
9746 /* This breaks function pointer comparisons, but
9747 that is better than breaking tests for a NULL
9748 function pointer. */
9754 /* Set the value of ifunc symbols in a non-pie
9755 executable to the glink entry. This is to avoid
9756 text relocations. We can't do this for ifunc in
9757 allocate_dynrelocs, as we do for normal dynamic
9758 function symbols with plt entries, because we need
9759 to keep the original value around for the ifunc
9762 = (_bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
9763 (info
->output_bfd
, htab
->glink
->output_section
));
9764 sym
->st_value
= (ent
->glink_offset
9765 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
9766 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
);
9774 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
9777 /* This symbols needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */
9780 fprintf (stderr
, ", copy");
9783 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
9785 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
)
9787 else if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
)
9788 s
= htab
->elf
.sreldynrelro
;
9790 s
= htab
->elf
.srelbss
;
9791 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
9793 rela
.r_offset
= SYM_VAL (h
);
9794 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_PPC_COPY
);
9796 loc
= s
->contents
+ s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9797 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9801 fprintf (stderr
, "\n");
9807 static enum elf_reloc_type_class
9808 ppc_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9809 const asection
*rel_sec
,
9810 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela
)
9812 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9814 if (rel_sec
== htab
->elf
.irelplt
)
9815 return reloc_class_ifunc
;
9817 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rela
->r_info
))
9819 case R_PPC_RELATIVE
:
9820 return reloc_class_relative
;
9821 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
:
9822 return reloc_class_plt
;
9824 return reloc_class_copy
;
9826 return reloc_class_normal
;
9830 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
9833 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9834 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9837 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9843 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections called\n");
9846 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9847 dynobj
= htab
->elf
.dynobj
;
9848 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
9851 if (htab
->elf
.hgot
!= NULL
)
9852 got
= SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
9854 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
9856 Elf32_External_Dyn
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
9858 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
&& sdyn
!= NULL
);
9860 dyncon
= (Elf32_External_Dyn
*) sdyn
->contents
;
9861 dynconend
= (Elf32_External_Dyn
*) (sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
);
9862 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
++)
9864 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
9867 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
9872 if (htab
->elf
.target_os
== is_vxworks
)
9873 s
= htab
->elf
.sgotplt
;
9876 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
9880 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
->size
;
9884 s
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
;
9885 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
9889 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= got
;
9893 if (htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
)
9894 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9895 (_("%X%P: text relocations and GNU indirect "
9896 "functions will result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
9897 else if (htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
)
9898 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9899 (_("%P: warning: text relocations and GNU indirect "
9900 "functions may result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
9904 if (htab
->elf
.target_os
== is_vxworks
9905 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd
, &dyn
))
9910 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd
, &dyn
, dyncon
);
9914 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
!= NULL
9915 && htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
9917 if (htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sgot
9918 || htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sgotplt
)
9920 unsigned char *p
= htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->contents
;
9922 p
+= htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
9923 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
)
9925 /* Add a blrl instruction at _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_-4
9926 so that a function can easily find the address of
9927 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
9928 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
- 4
9929 < htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->size
);
9930 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0x4e800021, p
- 4);
9935 bfd_vma val
= sdyn
->output_section
->vma
+ sdyn
->output_offset
;
9936 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
9937 < htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->size
);
9938 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, val
, p
);
9943 /* xgettext:c-format */
9944 _bfd_error_handler (_("%s not defined in linker created %pA"),
9945 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.root
.string
,
9946 (htab
->elf
.sgotplt
!= NULL
9947 ? htab
->elf
.sgotplt
: htab
->elf
.sgot
));
9948 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9952 elf_section_data (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= 4;
9955 /* Fill in the first entry in the VxWorks procedure linkage table. */
9956 if (htab
->elf
.target_os
== is_vxworks
9957 && htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
9958 && htab
->elf
.splt
->size
!= 0
9959 && htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
9961 asection
*splt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
9962 /* Use the right PLT. */
9963 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= (bfd_link_pic (info
)
9964 ? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry
9965 : ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry
);
9967 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
9969 bfd_vma got_value
= SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
9971 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | PPC_HA (got_value
),
9972 splt
->contents
+ 0);
9973 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | PPC_LO (got_value
),
9974 splt
->contents
+ 4);
9978 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], splt
->contents
+ 0);
9979 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1], splt
->contents
+ 4);
9981 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], splt
->contents
+ 8);
9982 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], splt
->contents
+ 12);
9983 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], splt
->contents
+ 16);
9984 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], splt
->contents
+ 20);
9985 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], splt
->contents
+ 24);
9986 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], splt
->contents
+ 28);
9988 if (! bfd_link_pic (info
))
9990 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
9993 loc
= htab
->srelplt2
->contents
;
9995 /* Output the @ha relocation for the first instruction. */
9996 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
9997 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
9999 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
);
10001 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
10002 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10004 /* Output the @l relocation for the second instruction. */
10005 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
10006 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
10008 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
);
10010 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
10011 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10013 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
10014 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
10015 in which symbols were output. */
10016 while (loc
< htab
->srelplt2
->contents
+ htab
->srelplt2
->size
)
10018 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
10020 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
10021 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
);
10022 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10023 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10025 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
10026 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
);
10027 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10028 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10030 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
10031 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hplt
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR32
);
10032 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10033 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10038 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
10039 && htab
->glink
->contents
!= NULL
10040 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
10043 unsigned char *endp
;
10047 * PIC glink code is the following:
10049 * # ith PLT code stub.
10050 * addis 11,30,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@ha
10051 * lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@l(11)
10055 * # A table of branches, one for each plt entry.
10056 * # The idea is that the plt call stub loads ctr and r11 with these
10057 * # addresses, so (r11 - res_0) gives the plt index * 4.
10058 * res_0: b PLTresolve
10059 * res_1: b PLTresolve
10061 * # Some number of entries towards the end can be nops
10067 * addis 11,11,(1f-res_0)@ha
10070 * 1: addi 11,11,(1b-res_0)@l
10073 * sub 11,11,12 # r11 = index * 4
10074 * addis 12,12,(got+4-1b)@ha
10075 * lwz 0,(got+4-1b)@l(12) # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve
10076 * lwz 12,(got+8-1b)@l(12) # got[2] contains the map address
10079 * add 11,0,11 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset.
10082 * Non-PIC glink code is a little simpler.
10084 * # ith PLT code stub.
10085 * lis 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@ha
10086 * lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@l(11)
10090 * The branch table is the same, then comes
10093 * lis 12,(got+4)@ha
10094 * addis 11,11,(-res_0)@ha
10095 * lwz 0,(got+4)@l(12) # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve
10096 * addi 11,11,(-res_0)@l # r11 = index * 4
10099 * lwz 12,(got+8)@l(12) # got[2] contains the map address
10100 * add 11,0,11 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset.
10104 /* Build the branch table, one for each plt entry (less one),
10105 and perhaps some padding. */
10106 p
= htab
->glink
->contents
;
10107 p
+= htab
->glink_pltresolve
;
10108 endp
= htab
->glink
->contents
;
10109 endp
+= htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
;
10110 while (p
< endp
- (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
? 0 : 8 * 4))
10112 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, B
+ endp
- p
, p
);
10117 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
10121 res0
= (htab
->glink_pltresolve
10122 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
10123 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
10125 if (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
)
10127 /* Ensure that a call stub at the end of a page doesn't
10128 result in prefetch over the end of the page into the
10129 glink branch table. */
10130 bfd_vma pagesize
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
;
10132 bfd_vma glink_start
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
10133 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
10135 for (page_addr
= res0
& -pagesize
;
10136 page_addr
> glink_start
;
10137 page_addr
-= pagesize
)
10139 /* We have a plt call stub that may need fixing. */
10143 loc
= htab
->glink
->contents
+ page_addr
- 4 - glink_start
;
10144 insn
= bfd_get_32 (output_bfd
, loc
);
10147 /* By alignment, we know that there must be at least
10148 one other call stub before this one. */
10149 insn
= bfd_get_32 (output_bfd
, loc
- 16);
10151 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, B
| (-16 & 0x3fffffc), loc
);
10153 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, B
| (-20 & 0x3fffffc), loc
);
10158 /* Last comes the PLTresolve stub. */
10159 endp
= p
+ GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
;
10160 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
10164 bcl
= (htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
+ 3*4
10165 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
10166 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
10168 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDIS_11_11
+ PPC_HA (bcl
- res0
), p
);
10170 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MFLR_0
, p
);
10172 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, BCL_20_31
, p
);
10174 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDI_11_11
+ PPC_LO (bcl
- res0
), p
);
10176 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MFLR_12
, p
);
10178 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MTLR_0
, p
);
10180 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, SUB_11_11_12
, p
);
10182 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDIS_12_12
+ PPC_HA (got
+ 4 - bcl
), p
);
10184 if (PPC_HA (got
+ 4 - bcl
) == PPC_HA (got
+ 8 - bcl
))
10186 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_0_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 4 - bcl
), p
);
10188 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 8 - bcl
), p
);
10193 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZU_0_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 4 - bcl
), p
);
10195 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_12
+ 4, p
);
10198 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MTCTR_0
, p
);
10200 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADD_0_11_11
, p
);
10204 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LIS_12
+ PPC_HA (got
+ 4), p
);
10206 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDIS_11_11
+ PPC_HA (-res0
), p
);
10208 if (PPC_HA (got
+ 4) == PPC_HA (got
+ 8))
10209 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_0_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 4), p
);
10211 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZU_0_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 4), p
);
10213 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDI_11_11
+ PPC_LO (-res0
), p
);
10215 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MTCTR_0
, p
);
10217 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADD_0_11_11
, p
);
10219 if (PPC_HA (got
+ 4) == PPC_HA (got
+ 8))
10220 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 8), p
);
10222 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_12
+ 4, p
);
10225 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADD_11_0_11
, p
);
10227 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, BCTR
, p
);
10231 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
,
10232 htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
? BA
: NOP
, p
);
10235 BFD_ASSERT (p
== endp
);
10238 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
10239 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
!= NULL
)
10241 unsigned char *p
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
10244 p
+= sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
);
10249 /* Offset to .glink. */
10250 val
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
10251 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
10252 val
-= (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->vma
10253 + htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_offset
);
10254 val
-= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
10255 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
10257 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
10258 && !_bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd
, info
,
10259 htab
->glink_eh_frame
,
10260 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
))
10267 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM powerpc_elf32_le_vec
10268 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-powerpcle"
10269 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_vec
10270 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc"
10271 #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_powerpc
10272 #define ELF_TARGET_ID PPC32_ELF_DATA
10273 #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_PPC
10274 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x10000
10275 #define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE 0x1000
10276 #define ELF_RELROPAGESIZE ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
10277 #define elf_info_to_howto ppc_elf_info_to_howto
10279 #ifdef EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC
10280 #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT1 EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC
10284 #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT2 EM_PPC_OLD
10287 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 1
10288 #define elf_backend_want_dynrelro 1
10289 #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
10290 #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1
10291 #define elf_backend_rela_normal 1
10292 #define elf_backend_caches_rawsize 1
10294 #define bfd_elf32_mkobject ppc_elf_mkobject
10295 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data
10296 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_relax_section ppc_elf_relax_section
10297 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup
10298 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup
10299 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_set_private_flags ppc_elf_set_private_flags
10300 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create
10301 #define bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab
10303 #define elf_backend_object_p ppc_elf_object_p
10304 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook
10305 #define elf_backend_section_from_shdr ppc_elf_section_from_shdr
10306 #define elf_backend_relocate_section ppc_elf_relocate_section
10307 #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections
10308 #define elf_backend_check_relocs ppc_elf_check_relocs
10309 #define elf_backend_relocs_compatible _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible
10310 #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol
10311 #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
10312 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook
10313 #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections
10314 #define elf_backend_hash_symbol ppc_elf_hash_symbol
10315 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol
10316 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections
10317 #define elf_backend_fake_sections ppc_elf_fake_sections
10318 #define elf_backend_additional_program_headers ppc_elf_additional_program_headers
10319 #define elf_backend_modify_segment_map ppc_elf_modify_segment_map
10320 #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus ppc_elf_grok_prstatus
10321 #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo ppc_elf_grok_psinfo
10322 #define elf_backend_write_core_note ppc_elf_write_core_note
10323 #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class ppc_elf_reloc_type_class
10324 #define elf_backend_begin_write_processing ppc_elf_begin_write_processing
10325 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing ppc_elf_final_write_processing
10326 #define elf_backend_write_section ppc_elf_write_section
10327 #define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr
10328 #define elf_backend_plt_sym_val ppc_elf_plt_sym_val
10329 #define elf_backend_action_discarded ppc_elf_action_discarded
10330 #define elf_backend_init_index_section _bfd_elf_init_1_index_section
10331 #define elf_backend_lookup_section_flags_hook ppc_elf_lookup_section_flags
10333 #include "elf32-target.h"
10335 /* FreeBSD Target */
10337 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
10338 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
10340 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
10341 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_fbsd_vec
10342 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
10343 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc-freebsd"
10346 #define ELF_OSABI ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
10349 #define elf32_bed elf32_powerpc_fbsd_bed
10351 #include "elf32-target.h"
10353 /* VxWorks Target */
10355 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
10356 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
10358 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
10359 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_vxworks_vec
10360 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
10361 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc-vxworks"
10365 #undef ELF_TARGET_OS
10366 #define ELF_TARGET_OS is_vxworks
10368 /* VxWorks uses the elf default section flags for .plt. */
10369 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
10370 ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
10372 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
10375 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".plt") == 0)
10376 return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd
, sec
);
10378 return ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd
, sec
);
10381 /* Like ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create, but overrides
10382 appropriately for VxWorks. */
10383 static struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
10384 ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
10386 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*ret
;
10388 ret
= ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd
);
10391 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
10392 = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*)ret
;
10393 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_VXWORKS
;
10394 htab
->plt_entry_size
= VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
;
10395 htab
->plt_slot_size
= VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
;
10396 htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
= VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE
;
10401 /* Tweak magic VxWorks symbols as they are loaded. */
10403 ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
,
10404 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10405 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
10406 const char **namep
,
10411 if (!elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook (abfd
, info
, sym
, namep
, flagsp
, secp
,
10415 return ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook (abfd
, info
, sym
, namep
, flagsp
, secp
, valp
);
10419 ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
)
10421 ppc_final_write_processing (abfd
);
10422 return elf_vxworks_final_write_processing (abfd
);
10425 /* On VxWorks, we emit relocations against _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_, so
10427 #undef elf_backend_want_plt_sym
10428 #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 1
10429 #undef elf_backend_want_got_plt
10430 #define elf_backend_want_got_plt 1
10431 #undef elf_backend_got_symbol_offset
10432 #define elf_backend_got_symbol_offset 0
10433 #undef elf_backend_plt_not_loaded
10434 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 0
10435 #undef elf_backend_plt_readonly
10436 #define elf_backend_plt_readonly 1
10437 #undef elf_backend_got_header_size
10438 #define elf_backend_got_header_size 12
10439 #undef elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt
10440 #define elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt 1
10442 #undef bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab
10444 #undef bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create
10445 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
10446 ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create
10447 #undef elf_backend_add_symbol_hook
10448 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook \
10449 ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook
10450 #undef elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
10451 #define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook \
10452 elf_vxworks_link_output_symbol_hook
10453 #undef elf_backend_final_write_processing
10454 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing \
10455 ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing
10456 #undef elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr
10457 #define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr \
10458 ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr
10459 #undef elf_backend_emit_relocs
10460 #define elf_backend_emit_relocs \
10461 elf_vxworks_emit_relocs
10464 #define elf32_bed ppc_elf_vxworks_bed
10466 #include "elf32-target.h"